U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
                                   FORM F-1/A
             REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                       INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
             INCORPORATED PURSUANT TO THE LAWS OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

               PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION CODE NO.

                                   No.: 6199-7


                       INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
                       ----------------------------------
                                P.O. BOX 10098APO
                 WEST BAY ROAD, GRAND PAVILION COMMERCIAL CENTRE
                            GEORGETOWN, GRAND CAYMAN
                               BRITISH WEST INDIES
                     TEL: (345) 946-4170 FAX: (345) 946-4173

                                  With copy to:

                                 STEPP LAW GROUP
                           SUITE 460-1301 DOVE STREET
                         NEWPORT BEACH, CALIFORNIA 92660
                     TEL: (949) 660-9700 FAX: (949) 660-9010
                               (AGENT FOR SERVICE)

APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE OF THE UNITS TO THE PUBLIC: As
soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the  securities  being  registered on this Form are to be offered on a
delayed or continuous  basis  pursuant to Rule 415 under the  Securities  Act of
1933, check the following box. [X ]

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant
to Rule 462(b) under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and list the
Securities  Act  registration   statement   number  of  the  earlier   effective
registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under
the  Securities  Act,  check  the  following  box and  list the  Securities  Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering. [ ]

If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under
the  Securities  Act,  check  the  following  box and  list the  Securities  Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering. [ ]

If delivery  of the  prospectus  is  expected  to be made  pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [ ]


The Registrant hereby amends this  Registration  Statement on such date or dates
as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant  shall file
a further amendment which specifically  states that this Registration  Statement
shall  thereafter  become  effective  in  accordance  with  Section  8(a) of the
"Securities Act of 1933", as amended, or until this Registration Statement shall
become effective on such date as the Commission  acting pursuant to said Section
8(a), may determine.



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------







                         CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

Title of each
Class of                                     Proposed          Proposed           Amount
Securities                  Amount           maximum           maximum            of
To be                       to be            offering price    aggregate          registration
registered                  registered       per unit          offering price     fee
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       
Offering Units:(1)
Ordinary Shares:             5,000,000         $0.75 USD        $ 3,750,000 USD    $  990 USD
Share Warrants               5,000,000         $5.00            $25,000,000 USD    $6,600 USD
Ordinary Shares
Underlying Warrants:         5,000,000
Existing Shares
and Warrants:(2)
Ordinary Shares:            20,000,000         $0.75 USD(3)     $15,000,000 USD    $3,960 USD
Ordinary Shares
 Underlying Warrants:        4,000,000         $5.00            $20,000,000 USD    $5,280 USD


1.   5,000,000 units with each unit  consisting of one ordinary  share,  and one
     (1) share  purchase  warrant  that  allows  the  holder of each  warrant to
     purchase  one (1) ordinary  share at an exercise  price of $5.00 USD, to be
     exercised  not later than  December  31,  2002 after which date the warrant
     will become null and void (herein collectively  referred to as "Units"), at
     an  offering  price  of  $0.75  per Unit for  gross  offering  proceeds  of
     $3,750,000.  The offering price of the Units and exercise price of warrants
     were arbitrarily  determined by Management and do not bear any relationship
     to the assets,  results of operations  or book value of the Company,  or to
     any other historically-based criteria of value.
2.   20,000,000  ordinary  shares  and  4,000,000  share  purchase  warrants  to
     purchase ordinary shares  exercisable at $5.00 USD having an expiry date of
     December  31,  2002,  are owned by IFG World  Holdings  Inc.  International
     Financial  Group,  Inc.  is owned by IFG World  Holdings  and Sound  Refuge
     Trust.  IFG World Holdings is solely owned by IFG World Holdings Trust. Mr.
     Kevin Mellor is the sole beneficial of that trust. After this offering, Mr.
     Mellor will continue to own approximately 79% of the company's shares.
3.   Estimated  solely  for  the  purpose  of  calculating  the  amount  of  the
     registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) and  based on a bona fide estimate
     of the maximum offering price.


THE  INFORMATION IN THIS  PROSPECTUS IS NOT COMPLETE AND MAY BE CHANGED.  WE MAY
NOT SELL  THESE  SECURITIES  UNTIL THE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  FILED  WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IS EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT AN OFFER
TO  SELL  THESE  SECURITIES,  AND WE ARE  NOT  SOLICITING  OFFERS  TO BUY  THESE
SECURITIES, IN ANY STATE WHERE THE OFFER OR SALE IS NOT PERMITTED.


                    SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MAY 24, 2001
                                 5,000,000 UNITS

International  Financial  Group,  Inc.  (herein "the  Company")  is  registering
20,000,000 of its 20,250,000  shares  presently  outstanding and issued ordinary
shares  and  the  ordinary  shares  that  can be  issued  pursuant  to  warrants
outstanding at the date of this prospectus. We are also offering 5,000,000 units
with each unit consisting of one (1) ordinary share,  and one (1) share purchase
warrant  that allows the holder of each  warrant to purchase one (1) share at an
exercise  price of $5.00 USD, to be exercised  not later than December 31, 2002,
after which date the warrant will become null and void, at an offering  price of
$0.75 per Unit, which price was arbitrarily set, for gross offering  proceeds of
$3,750,000  USD.  This is the  initial  public  offering  and no  public  market
currently   exists  for  IFG's  shares.   It  is  the  Company's   objective  to
self-underwrite this offering and the Company's officers and directors will sell
these units on a best efforts basis with no additional compensation. The Company
will apply to have the shares  approved for  quotation  on the  Over-the-Counter
Bulletin Board under the proposed symbol "IFGPF".

                         ------------------------------


                 INVESTING IN THE COMMON SHARES INVOLVES RISKS.
                     SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 2.


                         ------------------------------



                                                        Per Share              Total
                                                        ---------              -----
                                                                         
Public Offering Price                                   $0.75 USD              $3,750,000 USD
Net Underwriting Commission and/or Offering Expenses    $0.05 USD              $  250,000 USD
Proceeds to IFG                                         $0.70 USD              $3,500,000 USD


NEITHER  THE  SECURITIES  AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  NOR  ANY  STATE  SECURITIES
COMMISSION  HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED  OF THESE  SECURITIES,  OR DETERMINED IF
THIS PROSPECTUS IS TRUTHFUL OR COMPLETE. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

                         ------------------------------


                  THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS MAY 24, 2000.

The Company and its  subsidiaries  discussed  herein intend to provide  offshore
financial services for the business-to-consumer and business-to-business markets
through  traditional  service delivery  channels such as in-person and telephone
consultation  and  facsimile.   It  is  anticipated  that  these  services  will
eventually be available through the Company's website located at www.ifg.com and
                                                                 -----------
other websites to be  established  by the Company in the near future.  It is the
Company's  objective to provide to its clients an  efficient,  professional  and
confidential  environment  to conduct their  financial  affairs.  It is also the
Company's  objective  to satisfy all  financial  services  and money  laundering
regulations in each jurisdiction that the Company operates within.

YOU SHOULD RELY ONLY ON THE INFORMATION  CONTAINED IN THIS  PROSPECTUS.  WE HAVE
NOT  AUTHORIZED  ANYONE TO  PROVIDE  YOU WITH  INFORMATION  DIFFERENT  FROM THAT
CONTAINED IN THIS  PROSPECTUS.  WE ARE OFFERING TO SELL,  AND SEEKING  OFFERS TO
BUY,  UNITS,  ONLY IN  JURISDICTIONS  WHERE OFFERS AND SALES ARE PERMITTED.  THE
INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS IS ACCURATE ONLY AS OF THE DATE OF THIS
PROSPECTUS, REGARDLESS OF THE TIME OF DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS OR OF ANY SALE
OF OUR ORDINARY SHARES. IN THIS PROSPECTUS, "IFG," "WE," "US" AND "OUR" REFER TO
INTERNATIONAL  FINANCIAL  GROUP INC., A CAYMAN  EXEMPT  COMPANY,  AND ITS WHOLLY
OWNED SUBSIDIARIES, UNLESS THE CONTEXT REQUIRES OTHERWISE.


UNTIL A DATE WHICH IS 25 DAYS  AFTER THE DATE OF THIS  PROSPECTUS,  ALL  DEALERS
THAT BUY, SELL OR TRADE OUR COMMON SHARES,  WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN THIS
OFFERING,  MAY BE  REQUIRED  TO DELIVER A  PROSPECTUS.  THIS  REQUIREMENT  IS IN
ADDITION  TO THE  DEALERS'  OBLIGATION  TO DELIVER A  PROSPECTUS  WHEN ACTING AS
UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.



                                  [LOGO - IFG}

                                Table of Contents

SUMMARY.......................................................................1

THE COMPANY...................................................................1

THE OFFERING..................................................................2

RISK FACTORS..................................................................2

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT ON FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS...........................11

USE OF PROCEEDS..............................................................12

DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE..............................................13

CAPITALIZATION...............................................................13

DILUTION.....................................................................14
   SELLING SECURITY HOLDERS..................................................15
   PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION......................................................15

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED...................................17

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA.........................................20

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS........................................21

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS...................................................................21
   OVERVIEW..................................................................21

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES..............................................23

BUSINESS.....................................................................23
   HISTORY AND BACKGROUND....................................................23
      The Company............................................................23
      The Subsidiaries.......................................................25
         IFG Investment Services.............................................25
         IFG Trust Services..................................................25
         IFG Corporate Services..............................................27
         IFG Management Services.............................................28
         IFG Systems.........................................................28
      The Proposed Subsidiaries..............................................30
         IFG Bank............................................................30
         IFG Insurance.......................................................40


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                      Table of Contents                       Page i


                                  [LOGO - IFG]


CORPORATE CHART..............................................................32

   ASSOCIATED COMPANIES AND TRUSTS...........................................32
      IFG World Holdings Trust...............................................33
      IFG World Holdings Inc.................................................33
   INDUSTRY BACKGROUND.......................................................33
      Growth of the Internet and Online Commerce.............................33
      Market Opportunity.....................................................34
      Marketing Strategy.....................................................35
   BUSINESS STRATEGY.........................................................36
      Main Objectives........................................................36
         Full and Discount Products and Services.............................37
         Confidential and Secure Environment.................................37
         Cost Effective and Convenient Service...............................38
         Prompt, Reliable, Efficient and Professional Service................38
         Reliability Through Redundancy......................................39
   REPUTATION................................................................39
   COMPETITION...............................................................39

GOVERNMENT REGULATION........................................................40

   THE COMPANY...............................................................40
      IFG Bank...............................................................40
      IFG Investment Services................................................41
      IFG Insurance..........................................................41
      IFG Trust Services.....................................................41
      IFG Corporate Services.................................................41
   FACILITIES, EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS.........................................42
      Offices................................................................42
      Computer Hardware......................................................42
      Computer Software......................................................42
      Security...............................................................42

MANAGEMENT...................................................................43

   KEY PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS..............................................44
      Independent Development and Support Contracts..........................45
      Director and Officers Compensation.....................................46
      Employment and Consulting Contracts....................................47

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS.......................................................47

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS...................................................48

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL.................................................49

SHARE PURCHASE WARRANTS......................................................50


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                      Table of Contents                      Page ii


                                  [LOGO - IFG]

CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION............................50

LOCK UP AGREEMENT............................................................50

PLACEMENT....................................................................51

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR.................................................51

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE..............................................51

U.S. RESALE RESTRICTIONS.....................................................52

AUDITORS.....................................................................52

MATERIAL AGREEMENTS AND DOCUMENTS............................................52

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.......................................................52

TAXATION IN THE CAYMAN ISLANDS...............................................53

TAXATION IN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.....................................53

UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS..............................54

PERSONAL HOLDING COMPANIES...................................................54

FOREIGN PERSONAL HOLDING COMPANIES...........................................55

PASSIVE FOREIGN INVESTMENT COMPANIES.........................................55

CONTROLLED FOREIGN CORPORATION...............................................56

LEGAL MATTERS................................................................56

EXPERTS......................................................................56

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION..........................................56
   THE COMPANY'S LOCATIONS...................................................57

REPRESENTATIONS..............................................................57

SCHEDULE "A" - Financial Statements..........................................58

SCHEDULE "B" - SUBSCRIPTION DOCUMENTS........................................71

SECTION A - HOW TO SUBSCRIBE.................................................74

SECTION B - SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT...........................................76

SCHEDULE "C" - WARRANT AGREEMENT.............................................79


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                      Table of Contents                     Page iii


                                  [LOGO - IFG]

SCHEDULE "D" - LOCK-UP AGREEMENT.............................................85

SCHEDULE "E" - MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION........................90

















- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                      Table of Contents                      Page iv


                                  [LOGO - IFG]

SUMMARY

You  should  read  the  following   summary  together  with  the  more  detailed
information  about  International  Financial  Group,  Inc. and the common shares
being sold in this offering, including our consolidated financial statements and
the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.


THE COMPANY

International  Financial Group Inc., and  its subsidiaries discussed herein is a
development  stage  company that  provides  offshore  financial  services to the
business-to-consumer  and  business-to-business  markets. We utilize traditional
delivery channels including in-person consultation, telephone and facsimile, and
the  Internet to deliver our products and  services.  We commenced  full service
offshore  investment,  trust and corporate services activities in February 2001,
and during the same month, also launched the websites www.ifg.com, www.apiip.com
and  www.ifgtrust.com  to  provide  -----------  -------------  ----------------
Internet-based  discount offshore investment,  trust and incorporation services.
It is our  objective to provide to our clients an  efficient,  professional  and
confidential  environment in which to conduct their  financial  affairs,  with a
focus on asset  protection.  It is also our  objective to satisfy all  financial
services and money laundering  regulations in each  jurisdiction that we operate
within.

To accomplish  these goals,  we hope to establish  ourselves as a  comprehensive
provider of full service and discount offshore  financial  products and services
through  wholly-owned  subsidiaries  currently  incorporated in over 30 offshore
jurisdictions.   Customer  convenience  and  operating  efficiency,  along  with
offering "bundled" financial  services,  are two key components of our strategy.
During 2002, we intend to expand our products and services  offerings to include
full service and discount  offshore  banking and  insurance.  By offering  these
services  from  multiple  jurisdictions,  we hope  our  clients  will be able to
develop a financial plan utilizing multiple layers of confidentiality while also
offering the client the ability to utilize the best available  jurisdiction  for
each distinctive  part of their offshore  financial  strategy.  As we expand our
products and  services  offered,  we will  continue to utilize both full service
traditional and discount Internet-based delivery channels.


We have established our investment services subsidiary, IFG Investment Services,
Inc.,  in the Cayman  Islands  and intend to make an  application  to the Cayman
Islands  Monetary  Authority  for a Trade and  Business  License  for the Cayman
subsidiary.  International  Financial Group Inc. has received its Internet-based
offshore  financial  services  license to operate in the Cayman  Islands,  which
includes brokerage services. It is also our intention to establish an investment
services  subsidiary in the Isle of Man. We have  established our trust services
subsidiary,  IFG Trust Services,  Inc., head office in St. Kitts and Nevis, West
Indies and we have received our license to conduct trust  activities.  IFG Trust
Services,  Inc. owns IFG  Investments  Services,  Inc. a Nevis  subsidiary  that
facilitates brokerage services for our clients. In February 2001, we established
an offshore trust  services  subsidiary in The Isle of Man. We also have applied
for Trust licenses in Anguilla and St. Lucia of the British West Indies. We have
established  our corporate  services,  IFG  Corporate  Services,  Inc.,  holding
company in the Cayman  Islands and are intending to apply to the Cayman  Islands
Monetary  Authority  for a Trade  and  Business  License.  We  have  established
corporate services subsidiaries in Antigua,  Barbados,  Costa Rica, Panama, Hong
Kong, Isle of Man, Labaun and Marshall  Islands.  Further we intend to apply for
licenses to carry on corporate services  activities in these jurisdictions where
applicable. We have also established a technology, IFG Systems, Inc., subsidiary
in the Cayman  Islands for the purpose of  managing  all systems and  technology
developed by, and for, the Company.


In February 2001, we made  applications  for offshore bank  licenses,  IFG Bank,
Inc., in Belize and St.  Vincent and the  Grenadines.  In the second  quarter of
2002, we intend to establish  insurance  services  subsidiaries,  IFG Insurance,
Inc., in Bermuda and the Cayman Islands.



We selected  these offshore  jurisdictions  because we believe they are credible
jurisdictions within which to conduct business as they embrace asset protection,
wealth enhancement,  wealth preservation and freedom of succession. The basis of
our belief is that the aforementioned  countries' have stable political systems,
have  modern  telecommunications  systems,  government  infrastructure  such  as
financial services departments formed to facilitate  businesses such as ours and
have  enacted  legislation  to support  trusts and  corporations  and secrecy of

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                    Registration Statement                    Page 1


                                  [LOGO - IFG]

client  disclosure.  From this  corporate  structure,  we intend to continue our
expansion by establishing trust and corporate services  subsidiaries in up to 20
offshore jurisdictions worldwide by the end of year 2001.



THE OFFERING


Units Offered             5,000,000 Units

Common shares to be
Outstanding after the
Offering                 25,250,000


Use  of Proceeds         The  net  proceeds  of this Offering are to be utilized
                         for:

                         o  payment of costs associated  with this  offering;
                         o  paying  salaries  and  benefits to employees;
                         o  maintaining corporate  offices in the Cayman Islands
                            and  Nevis and the establishment of offices in other
                            offshore  jurisdictions;
                         o  travel expenses in establishing  and maintaining the
                            Company's infrastructure;
                         o  telecommunication  expenses  in   establishing   and
                            maintaining the Company's infrastructure;
                         o  professional fees including audit and legal costs to
                            establish the Company's  licenses and infrastructure
                            and to satisfy regulatory requirements;
                         o  satisfying   net   capital   requirements   for  the
                            activities  and  licenses  the  Company  is applying
                            for to establish its infrastructure;
                         o  office   furniture   and   equipment  to   establish
                            corporate offices;
                         o  research,    evaluation,    testing,    development,
                            operation  and   maintenance  of  software,  for the
                            various  subsidiaries   of  the   Company,   and the
                            establishment,     operation,     enhancement    and
                            maintenance  of  various  websites  required  by the
                            Company to provide its services; and
                         o  other  contingent  expenditures  deemed necessary by
                            the Company.

                         The  use  of  proceeds  does  not take into account any
                         proceeds that may be received from the exercise  of the
                         warrants.

Proposed OTCBB Symbol:   IFGPF



RISK FACTORS

Investing  in the  Company's  units will  subject  you to risks  inherent in our
business.  You should carefully  consider the following factors as well as other
information contained in this prospectus before deciding to invest in our units.
If any of the risks described below occurs, our business,  results of operations
and financial condition could be adversely affected. In such cases, the price of
our  ordinary  shares  could  decline,  and  you  may  lose  part or all of your
investment.


WE ARE A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY AND CANNOT GUARANTEE OUR PROFITABILITY.


The Company has limited  operating  history.  Our  prospects  are subject to the
risks  and  expenses  encountered  by  development  stage  companies,  companies
entering the traditional  financial  products and services market, and companies
planning to move into the Internet  financial  products and services market.


Our limited  operating history and the uncertain nature of the markets addressed
by us  make  it  difficult  or  impossible  to  predict  future  results  of our
operations.  We cannot assure our investors  that we will  establish a clientele
that will make us profitable.



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                    Registration Statement                    Page 2



                                  [LOGO - IFG]



OUR COMPANY'S SUCCESS RELIES UPON OUR ABILITY TO COMPLETE OUR INFRASTRUCTURE.


We intend to utilize  proceeds from this offering to satisfy our financial  need
to build  our  infrastructure,  which  will  allow us to  acquire  licenses  and
establish both a traditional and an on-line presence.


YOU MAY NOT BE ABLE TO  ENFORCE  JUDGMENTS  AND CIVIL  LIABILITIES  AGAINST  THE
COMPANY AND ITS OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EXPERTS AND AGENTS.

International  Financial Group Inc. has been incorporated  under the laws of the
Cayman Islands,  and our executive offices are located in Grand Cayman.  Many of
our directors,  controlling  persons and officers,  and  representatives  of the
experts named in this prospectus,  are residents of the Cayman Islands,  Canada,
United  States of America,  Bermuda and Barbados,  and a substantial  portion of
their assets and all of our assets are located  outside the United States.  As a
result,  it may be difficult for investors to effect  service of process  within
the  United  States  upon  the  directors,  controlling  persons,  officers  and
representatives  of experts  who are not  residents  of the United  States or to
enforce  against them  judgments of courts of the United States based upon civil
liability under the federal securities laws of the United States. There is doubt
as to the  enforceability  in Cayman  Islands  against us or against  any of our
directors, controlling persons, officers or experts who are not residents of the
United States, in original actions or in actions for enforcement of judgments of
United States courts and of liabilities based solely upon the federal securities
laws of the United States.


FUTURE AND EXISTING CLIENTS MAY NOT ACCEPT OUR PRODUCTS AND SERVICES.

We believe the market for traditional  financial services is mature and growing.
However,  we are unable to predict  whether the  marketing  of our  products and
services  will  attract  potential  clients to the Company.  However,  we cannot
predict how many clients will initially retain us for our financial services and
subsequently leave for one of our many other competitors.

The  market  for  Internet  offshore  financial  services  is new and  evolving.
Therefore,  when the  present and  proposed  Internet  portion of our  financial
services business begins, management is unable to predict whether customers will
begin to use the Internet or continue to use our  services.  Management  expects
that some customer  attrition will occur within the first few months after a new
customer  begins to use our services.  Management  believes  that  customers who
experience  difficulty  in  either  accessing  our  services  or  in  conducting
transactions early in their relationship with us may terminate the relationship.

Customer  attrition  could  have a  material  adverse  effect  on our  business,
operating results and financial condition.


OUR COMPANY IS SUBJECT TO STRICT REGULATORY AND TECHNOLOGICAL  ADVANCEMENTS THAT
ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE.

The offshore financial services industry is characterized by rapid technological
change, changes in customer requirements,  new service and product introductions
and enhancements,  evolving industry  standards and government  regulation.  Our
future success will depend, in part, on our ability to develop  technologies and
enhance existing  services and products offered by us and our  subsidiaries.  We
must  respond to  government  regulation,  competitive  pressure,  technological
advances  and  evolving  industry  standards  and  practices  in  a  timely  and
cost-effective  manner. The development and enhancement of services and products
entails significant  technical and financial risks. We, and our subsidiaries may
not satisfy  government  regulation;  effectively  use new  technologies;  adapt
services  and  products  to  evolving  industry  standards;  or  maintain  their
clientele  as  a  result  of  competition.   In  addition,   we  may  experience
difficulties   that  could   delay  or  prevent  the   successful   development,
introduction or marketing of our services and products, and our new services and
products may not achieve market  acceptance.  If these problems are encountered,
our  business,  financial  condition  and  operating  results will be materially
adversely affected.



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                    Registration Statement                    Page 3



                                  [LOGO - IFG]


WE CANNOT PREVENT CHANGE IN GOVERNMENT  LEGISLATION AND REGULATIONS  THAT AFFECT
OUR BUSINESS.

Our business is largely dependant on the legislative and regulatory  environment
in offshore  jurisdictions  around the world.  At present the G7 countries,  the
United Nations and the  Organization  for Economic  Cooperation  and Development
have initiatives under way that affect the offshore finance industry,  including
a lobby for new legislation and regulations that would require the disclosure of
information for suspected vehicles of money laundering and tax evasion.  In this
regard,  the Cayman Islands has recently  introduced  Legislation to criminalize
failure to disclose to the Cayman  authorities  knowledge  or suspicion of money
laundering.  We cannot guarantee that each offshore jurisdiction will not change
its legislation or regulations to appease these initiatives.


We are focused on selling our  products  and services  from  offshore  financial
centers around the world via  traditional  service  channels and the Internet to
individuals,  corporations,  partnerships,  trusts or other  business  entities.
Historically,  these offshore  financial centers:  possess  government  enforced
confidentiality  laws assuring privacy in financial  dealings,  and have adopted
policies  of  imposing  little or no  direct  taxation  of  income  or  currency
controls. There is, however, continuing pressure, and particularly by G7 nations
and the Organization for Economic  Cooperation and Development,  to persuade the
governments of these offshore  financial  centers to discontinue their policy of
providing  privacy in financial  dealings and there can be no assurance into the
future that some or all of the governments of these offshore  financial  centers
will not abandon  these  policies.  We  understand  that such a change in policy
could have a substantial adverse affect on our business, financial condition and
operating results.



WE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO OBTAIN FUTURE FINANCING WHEN REQUIRED.

We will need to raise additional funds in order to complete our  infrastructure,
develop new or enhanced services and products, respond to competitive pressures,
acquire  complementary  businesses or technologies  or respond to  unanticipated
requirements.  There  can be no  assurance  that  additional  financing  will be
available  when needed on terms  favorable to us. There is no assurance  that we
will not incur debt in the future,  that we will have sufficient  funds to repay
our  indebtedness  or that we will not  default  on our debt,  jeopardizing  our
business  viability.  Furthermore,  we may  not  be  able  to  borrow  or  raise
additional  capital in the future to meet our needs or to otherwise  provide the
capital necessary to conduct business.


THE SUCCESS OF OUR COMPANY RELIES UPON THE ABILITY OF OUR SECURITIES BUSINESS TO
EARN SUBSTANTIAL PROFIT.

A substantial  portion of our revenues are expected to be derived from execution
of securities brokerage  transactions through our securities  subsidiaries.  The
securities  brokerage  business  is  subject  to  fluctuations  and is  directly
affected by global economic conditions, broad trends in business and finance and
fluctuations in volume and price levels of securities transactions, all of which
are beyond our control.  Reduced  trading  volume  generally  results in reduced
transaction revenues and decreased profitability.  Severe market fluctuations in
the future  could  have a material  adverse  affect on our  business,  financial
condition  and operating  results.  The  securities  business is also subject to
various other risks, including customer default and employee misconduct,  errors
and  omissions.  We may be  responsible  for any such losses that may occur as a
result of these risks.  The securities  industry has undergone many  fundamental
changes during the last two decades,  including  regulation and  deregulation in
many countries, as well as consolidation.  There can be no assurance that future
changes  will not have a  material  adverse  affect on our  business,  financial
condition and operating results.  In addition,  commissions charged to customers
for brokerage services have steadily decreased,  and we expect such decreases to
continue. There can be no assurance that such decreases will not have a material
adverse affect on our business,  financial  condition and operating results and,
therefore, the prospect of a return of capital invested in the Company.



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                    Registration Statement                    Page 4



                                  [LOGO - IFG]


THE SUCCESS OF  OUR COMPANY  RELIES UPON THE ABILITY OF OUR BANKING  BUSINESS TO
EARN SUBSTANTIAL PROFIT.

The banking business is directly affected by global economic  conditions,  broad
trends in  business  and  finance and  government  regulation,  all of which are
beyond our control.  Government  regulation in the future and initiatives by the
G7 nations,  the Organization  for Economic  Cooperation and Development and the
United Nations  regarding  offshore banking could materially affect our proposed
banking operations. The banking business is also subject to various other risks,
including  customer  default on loans,  monetary control by the offshore banking
jurisdictions central banks, employee misconduct,  errors and omissions.  We may
be  responsible  for any such losses that may occur as a result of these  risks.
There  can be no  assurance  that we will be  able  to  establish  and  maintain
correspondent  relationships  with  other  banks,  and this may have an  adverse
affect on our ability to conduct our proposed business affairs.  There can be no
assurance that these risks, if  materialized,  will not have a material  adverse
affect  on  our  business,   financial  condition  and  operating  results  and,
therefore, the prospect of a return of capital invested in the Company.


THE  POTENTIAL  EFFECTS OF CHANGES IN INTEREST  RATES WILL AFFECT THE ABILITY OF
OUR BANKING BUSINESS TO EARN SUBSTANTIAL PROFIT.

The operations of the Company and in particular its proposed banking  subsidiary
may be  substantially  dependent  on  its  net  interest  income,  which  is the
difference between the interest income earned on its interest-earning assets and
the  interest  expense  paid  on its  interest-bearing  liabilities.  Like  most
depository  institutions,  our  earnings  may be affected by changes in interest
rates and  other  economic  factors  beyond  our  control.  If an  institution's
interest-earning    assets   have   longer   effective   maturities   than   its
interest-bearing  liabilities,  the yield on the institution's  interest-earning
assets  generally will adjust more slowly than the cost of its  interest-bearing
liabilities and, as a result,  the  institution's  net interest income generally
would be  adversely  affected by material  and  prolonged  increases in interest
rates and  positively  affected by  comparable  declines in interest  rates.  In
recent years,  the assets of many financial  institutions  have been  negatively
"gapped" - which means that the dollar  amount of  interest-bearing  liabilities
which re-price  within  specific time periods,  either through  maturity or rate
adjustment,  exceeds the dollar amount of interest-earning assets which re-price
within  such  time  periods.  As a  result,  the net  interest  income  of these
institutions, including our Company, would be expected to be negatively impacted
by an increase in interest rates.

In addition to affecting interest income and expense,  changes in interest rates
also can affect the value of our interest-earning assets, which may be comprised
of fixed and adjustable-rate  instruments, and the ability to realize gains from
the  sale of  such  assets.  Generally,  the  value  of  fixed-rate  instruments
fluctuates inversely with changes in interest rates.


THE SUCCESS OF OUR COMPANY RELIES UPON THE ABILITY OF OUR INSURANCE  BUSINESS TO
EARN SUBSTANTIAL PROFIT.

The insurance business is directly affected by global economic conditions, broad
trends in  business  and  finance and  government  regulation,  all of which are
beyond our control. In addition, we may not be able to control the risk that our
portfolio of life insurance policies will not satisfy the life expectancy tables
established  for individuals we have issued policies to. We will also be subject
to the risk that our  investments  from monies  received  pursuant to  insurance
premiums and  insurance  products  will not be profitable  and,  therefore,  not
capable of re-paying insurance benefits or returns on our insurance policies and
products. There can be no assurance that these risks, if materialized,  will not
have  a  material  adverse  affect  on our  business,  financial  condition  and
operating results and,  therefore,  the prospect of a return of capital invested
in the Company.


EVOLVING  MARKETS AND TECHNOLOGIES  SUCH AS THE INTERNET AND OFFSHORE  FINANCIAL
SERVICES HAVE INHERENT RISK.

It is anticipated  that, in the years that follow completion of our full-service
website,  a large  portion  of our future  business  may be  conducted  over the
Internet. The market for electronic financial products and services offered over
the Internet is at an early stage of development and is continually evolving. As
is typical for new and rapidly evolving industries, demand and market acceptance


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                    Registration Statement                    Page 5



                                  [LOGO - IFG]

for  recently  introduced  services  and products are subject to a high level of
uncertainty.  Our  current  and  proposed  products  and  services to be offered
through the Internet  involve an  alternative  approach  and, as a result,  some
limited  marketing  and sales  efforts may be necessary  to educate  prospective
users  regarding the uses and benefits of our products and services.  Consumers,
who already obtain their financial services from more traditional providers such
as banks, brokerage firms, lawyers, trust companies, insurance brokers etc., may
be reluctant or slow to change to  utilizing  our current and proposed  products
and services over the Internet.

The  future of our  success  will  depend,  in part,  on our  ability to attract
offshore  financial services clients,  to develop and use leading  technologies,
respond to technological  advances,  enhance our existing  products and services
and develop new  products  and  services on a timely and  cost-effective  basis.
There can be no assurance  that the market for our offshore  financial  services
will develop or, if it does  develop,  will continue to grow, or that we will be
successful in effectively  developing or using new  technologies,  responding to
technological advances or developing,  introducing or marketing new products and
services to establish, maintain or enhance our client base.

Acceptance of our products and services will depend upon the broader adoption of
the Internet by consumers as a medium for commerce and communication. Use of the
Internet  depends on the continued  development of the necessary  infrastructure
and  complementary  services  and  products,   such  as  high-speed  modems  and
high-speed  communication lines. As the number of users and amount of traffic on
the Internet continues to increase,  there can be no assurance that the Internet
infrastructure  will continue to be able to support the demands placed on it. In
addition,  delays in the  development or adoption of new standards and protocols
to handle  increased  levels of  Internet  activity  or  increased  governmental
restrictions  could  impede  further  use of the  Internet.  Moreover,  consumer
concerns about the Internet (including security, reliability, cost, ease of use,
accessibility  and  quality of service)  remain  unresolved  and may  negatively
affect the growth of Internet use. As a result,  there can be no assurance  that
the  number  of  future  transactions  generated  through  us will be  enough to
maintain the Company.


INTENSE COMPETITION COULD REDUCE OUR MARKET SHARE AND HARM OUR FINANCIAL
PERFORMANCE.

We will compete with other financial service providers in the offshore industry.
Those competitors currently include brokerage firms, trust companies,  corporate
and  management  service  providers  and in the future are  intended  to include
banks,  insurance  companies,  and other business entities that provide offshore
financial  products and  services.  We expect such  competition  to continue and
intensify in the future.  Further,  other  financial  service  providers  may be
established in offshore  jurisdictions with the same business strategy as us and
may attempt to compete  directly with us for the same customers.  We expect many
of our competitors to have significantly greater financial, technical, marketing
and other  resources  than us.  Our  current  competitors  include,  but are not
limited to, Merrill Lynch, First Nevisian, SEGOES, Freedom Trade, Trident Trust,
Royal Bank of Scotland, Fiduciary Trust, HWR Services, Caribbean Management, the
Sovereign Group, and OCRA.

Competitors of the Company's proposed business operations  include,  but are not
limited  to,   Barclays,   UBS,   Cayman   National  Bank,   www.fsharpbank.com,
www.bayshorebank.com, Prudential Insurance, London Life, and Lloyds of London.

These  potential  competitors  may be able to  respond  more  quickly  to new or
changing opportunities,  technologies and customer requirements than the Company
and may be able to undertake more extensive promotional  activities,  offer more
attractive  terms to customers and adopt more aggressive  pricing  policies than
the Company. Moreover, current and potential competitors have established or may
establish  cooperative  relationships  among themselves or with third parties to
enhance their services and products. We cannot guarantee that new competitors or
alliances among competitors will not emerge, and these competitors may acquire a
significant market share of the offshore financial industry.

There  can be no  assurance  that we will be able to  compete  effectively  with
current or future competitors or that the competitive pressures faced by us will
not have a material  adverse  affect on our  business,  financial  condition and
operating results and, therefore,  the prospect of an investor return of capital
invested in the Company.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                    Registration Statement                    Page 6



                                  [LOGO - IFG]


THE SUCCESS OF OUR  BUSINESS  DEPENDS  UPON OUR  COMPUTER  SYSTEMS  OPERATING AS
INTENDED.


Our success is  dependent  on the  integrity  and  reliability  of our  computer
systems   (hardware  and  software)  and  electronic   systems   supporting  our
operations,  websites  and  Internet  applications.   Extraordinary  volumes  of
activity could cause our computer  systems and Internet  applications to operate
at an  unacceptably  low speed or even  fail.  Any  significant  degradation  or
failure of the  computer  systems or any other  systems  (including  third party
providers integrated with our computer and Internet system) could cause users of
our system to suffer  delays in carrying  out their  business  activities.  Such
delays could cause substantial  losses for users of our system and could subject
us to claims  from users for  losses,  including  litigation  claiming  fraud or
negligence.  There can be no assurance  that our  computer  systems and Internet
applications will not fail for a variety of reasons,  including, but not limited
to, an act of God, natural disaster, fire, power or telecommunications  failure,
war,  political  instability  or failure by a  third-party  software or hardware
provider.  Any  computer  systems  failure  that  causes  interruptions  in  our
operations  and delivery of service could have a material  adverse affect on our
business, financial condition and operating results and, therefore, the prospect
of an investor's return of capital invested in the Company.



THE SUCCESS OF OUR COMPUTER SYSTEMS DEPENDS UPON THE SYSTEMS SECURITY.

We rely on encryption and other online security technology,  necessary to effect
secure  transmission of confidential  information  over the Internet by users of
our  computer  systems and  Internet  systems.  There can be no  assurance  that
advances in computer capabilities;  new discoveries in the field of cryptography
or other events or developments will not result in a compromise or breach of our
security technologies. Any such compromise of the security available through our
system could have a material adverse affect on our business, financial condition
and operating  results and,  therefore,  the prospect of an investor's return of
capital  invested  in the  Company.  We  cannot  assess  the  risk  that our own
Internet-based applications will not be sabotaged by computer hackers.


THE SUCCESS OF OUR BUSINESS  WILL DEPEND UPON THE ABILITY OF OUR COMPANY TO HIRE
AND RETAIN QUALIFIED PERSONNEL.

Our business is dependent upon a small number of directors,  executive  officers
and key personnel.  We do not maintain any life insurance policies on any of our
directors, executives, or key personnel for the benefit of the Company. The loss
of the services of any of the  aforementioned  directors,  executive officers or
key  personnel,  or the  inability  to  identify,  hire,  train and retain other
qualified directors,  executive officers or personnel in the future could have a
material  adverse  affect on our  business,  financial  condition  and operating
results and, therefore, the prospect of an investor's return of capital invested
in the Company.


AFTER THIS OFFERING, OUR OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS WILL
BENEFICIALLY  OWN MORE  THAN  79% OF OUR  ORDINARY  SHARES,  AND WILL BE ABLE TO
CONTROL MATTERS SUBMITTED TO SHAREHOLDERS FOR APPROVAL.

Upon completion of the Offering, we will remain controlled by IFG World Holdings
Inc., the major controlling  shareholder to the Company.  As a result, IFG World
Holdings  Inc. will have the ability to control  matters  affecting the Company,
including the election of our directors,  the  acquisition or disposition of our
assets, and the future issuance of the Company's shares.


THE ABILITY TO OPERATE  OUR  BUSINESS  WORLD WIDE MAY DEPEND  UPON  ESTABLISHING
ALLIANCES AND RELATIONSHIPS WITH THIRD PARTIES.

We intend to accomplish our goals by establishing strategic alliances with other
corporations,   partnerships,  and  individuals,   including  banks,  securities
dealers,  insurance  companies,  trust and corporate service  providers,  online
service  providers,  and domestic and offshore  professionals  around the world.
Such strategic  alliances  entail  numerous  risks,  including  difficulties  in



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                    Registration Statement                    Page 7



                                  [LOGO - IFG]

assessing the integrity,  professional ability and/or efficiency and reliability
of the  corporations,  partnerships,  professionals  and individuals  around the
world. There can be no assurance that any such relationships will be maintained,
that if such  relationships  are  maintained,  that they will be  successful  or
profitable  or that  we  will be  successful  in  developing  any new  strategic
alliances.


MISREPRESENTATION  BY OUR CLIENTS ON THEIR DUE DILIGENCE  DOCUMENTS  COULD CAUSE
THE COMPANY TO BREACH MONEY LAUNDERING LAWS.

Although most offshore regulatory regimes  contemporarily require the production
of extensive  due  diligence  representation  (in order to comply with the "know
your client" rule) from new parties  involved in offshore  financial  structures
(e.g.,  directors,  beneficiaries and beneficial owners,  settlors, bank account
signatories,  etc.),  we cannot  guarantee  that  required  information  and due
diligence provided by each new client will not be mistaken,  misrepresented, the
product of forgery  and/or fraud or otherwise  inaccurate for reasons beyond our
control or the client.

Such inaccuracies may put us in breach of local laws and regulations which could
result in censure, fine, incarceration, revocation of work permits, the issuance
of  cease-and-desist  orders or the  suspension  or expulsion of our officers or
employees from certain  countries.  Such errors,  omissions or inaccuracies  may
also damage our  international  reputation  as an offshore  financial  provider.
Either scenario could have a material  adverse affect on our ability to carry on
business,  which would, in turn, have a material adverse affect on our financial
condition and operating  results and,  therefore,  the prospect of an investor's
return of capital invested in the Company.


WE MUST RELY UPON THE THIRD  PARTIES WE RETAIN AND THEREFORE WE MAY BE AFFECTED
BY THE ERRORS AND OMISSIONS THEY CAUSE.

We intend to rely on third  party  providers  in all  aspects  of our  business.
Errors and  omissions  in the various  services  performed  by these third party
providers,  although  not the fault of ours,  may expose us to criminal or civil
liability,  and/or  directly  affect the  quality  and  efficiency  of goods and
services delivered by the Company. Such errors or admissions may have a material
adverse affect on our business,  financial  condition and operating results and,
therefore,  the  prospect  of an  investor's  return of capital  invested in the
Company.


OUR  MANAGEMENT  HAS  BROAD  DISCRETION  AS TO THE  USE OF  PROCEEDS  FROM  THIS
OFFERING, WHICH MAY NOT BE USED EFFECTIVELY.

The net proceeds of this Offering are to be utilized for:
     o  prepayment of certain costs associated with this offering;
     o  paying salaries and benefits to employees;
     o  maintaining  corporate offices in  the Cayman  Islands and Nevis and the
        establishment of offices in other offshore jurisdictions;
     o  travel expenses in establishing and maintaining our infrastructure;
     o  telecommunication   expenses  in   establishing   and   maintaining  our
        infrastructure;
     o  professional  fees  including  audit and  legal costs  to establish  our
        licenses and infrastructure and to satisfy regulatory requirements;
     o  directors fees;
     o  satisfying  net capital  requirements for the activities and licenses we
        are applying  for to  establish our  infrastructure;
     o  office furniture and equipment to establish corporate offices;
     o  research,  evaluation,  testing, development,  operation and maintenance
        of software,  for  the  various  subsidiaries  of the  Company,  and the
        establishment,  operation,  enhancement   and  maintenance  of   various
        websites required by us to provide our services; and,
     o  other contingent expenditures deemed necessary by the Company.

However,  the Board of Directors and the management of the Company may not spend
funds pursuant to the uses indicated  above due to events both within and beyond
management's control such as mismanagement of funds,  inaccuracies of estimates,


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                    Registration Statement                    Page 8



                                  [LOGO - IFG]

and government changes in net capital requirements,  etc. However,  inaccuracies
in estimations  for funds required in each area,  mismanagement  of funds in any
area and/or events beyond our control may result in the allocation of funds in a
manner not  represented  in this  Memorandum.  Unallocated  net proceeds will be
spent at the discretion of our Board of Directors and management.


GOVERNMENT  REGULATION  COULD IMPEDE OR ELIMINATE  OUR ABILITY TO FUNCTION AS AN
OFFSHORE  FINANCIAL  SERVICE  PROVIDER.

In conducting  various  aspects of our business,  we are subject to various laws
and  regulations  within the  jurisdictions,  which it  operates  in relating to
international  commercial  transactions.  Given the expansion of the  electronic
commerce market, it is possible that any of the foregoing  agencies could revise
existing  regulations or adopt new  regulations  governing or affecting our plan
and ability to conduct our business through traditional channels and through the
Internet.  If enacted,  such laws,  rules and regulations  could have a material
adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

We intend to be engaged in marketing financial products and services in up to 40
jurisdictions.  As a  result,  it will be  required  to uphold  all local  laws,
including those laws related to the business of selling  financial  products and
services and all local money laundering laws. There can be no guarantee that we,
or our  subsidiaries  will obtain and retain licenses to conduct our business in
the various  jurisdictions  in which we are  proposing  to  operate.  Failure to
comply with any of these laws,  rules or  regulations  could  result in censure,
fine,   incarceration,   revocation   of   work   permits,   the   issuance   of
cease-and-desist  orders or the  suspension  or  expulsion  of our  officers  or
employees  from certain  countries,  any of which could have a material  adverse
affect on the ability for us to carry on business,  which would, in turn, have a
material  adverse  affect on the our financial  condition and operating  results
and, therefore,  the prospect of an investor's return of capital invested in the
Company.

It is our  intent to expand  our  business  to a number  of  offshore  financial
centers.  In  order  to  expand  our  services  globally,  we must  comply  with
regulatory  controls of each  specific  country in which it  conducts  business,
which may include finding qualified professionals and business people capable of
providing  correspondent  services. The varying compliance requirements of these
different  regulatory  jurisdictions  may  also  limit  our  ability  to  expand
internationally.

We intend to conduct a significant  portion of our business through the Internet
and other  electronic media and intend to expand our use of such media. To date,
the use of the Internet to conduct  financial  transactions  has been relatively
free from regulatory restraints. However, a number of governments, including the
United States,  are beginning to address the regulatory issues that may arise in
connection with use of the Internet. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that
these  authorities  will not adopt new  regulations (or interpret their existing
regulations)  in a manner  that  constrains  our  ability to  transact  business
through the Internet or other electronic media. Any additional regulation of our
use of  electronic  media could render our business or  operations  more costly,
less efficient or even  impossible,  any of which could have a material  adverse
affect on the our business, financial condition and operating results.

In  addition  to the  above  risks,  our  cannot  assess  the  effect  that  the
Organization for Economic  Cooperation and  Development,  the United Nations and
the G7 countries initiatives will have upon the offshore financial industry and,
in  particular,  the  jurisdictions  that we will carry on  business  in and our
proposed clients.


WE WILL BE  SUBJECT  TO  CERTAIN  NET  CAPITAL  AND  INSURANCE  REQUIREMENTS  IN
ESTABLISHING  OUR  INFRASTRUCTURE  AROUND THE WORLD THAT MAY IMPAIR OUR  WORKING
CAPITAL.


The Company and or its  subsidiaries  will be subject to certain net capital and
insurance requirements to carry on their current brokerage, trust, corporate and
management and proposed banking and insurance activities.  Failure to satisfy or
maintain the required net capital and  insurance  may prevent us from  obtaining
the  required  licenses to carry on business in each  offshore  jurisdiction  we
carry on  business  in and may  subject  the us or our  subsidiaries  to  fines,
suspension  or revocation  of license's  and  registration's  granted by certain
governmental  bodies,  which could require liquidation of the Company and/or its
subsidiaries.  In addition, a change in the net capitalization or insurance laws
that we or our  subsidiaries  are subject to, the imposition of new rules or any
unusually large charge against net capital or insurance  requirement could limit

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                    Registration Statement                    Page 9


                                  [LOGO - IFG]


our operations  and/or those of our subsidiaries  that require the intensive use
of capital,  such as the financing of infrastructure  completion,  expansion and
maintaining  and  improving  technology  which would  require  funding  from our
operating income,  thereby reducing our funds available for dividends,  which in
turn, could limit our ability to pay dividends.  A significant operating loss or
any unusually  large charge against net capital could  adversely  affect the our
ability to expand or even develop the level of business currently planned, which
could have a material  adverse affect on our business,  financial  condition and
operating  results  and,  therefore,  the  prospect of an  investor's  return of
capital invested in the Company.



WE DO NOT INTEND TO PAY ANY DIVIDENDS ON OUR ORDINARY SHARES.

We  do  not  currently   anticipate   declaring  and  paying  dividends  to  our
shareholders  in the near  future.  It is our  current  intention  to apply  net
earnings,  if any, in the foreseeable  future to increasing our capital base and
marketing. Prospective investors seeking or needing dividend income or liquidity
should,  therefore,  not purchase the Units.  There can be no assurance  that we
will ever have  sufficient  earnings to declare and pay dividends to the holders
of the  Company's  shares,  and in any  event,  a decision  to  declare  and pay
dividends is at the sole discretion of our Board of Directors.  . The subsequent
sale of the shares purchased pursuant to this offering will be subject to market
conditions  for the sale of the shares and any  sanctions  imposed by regulatory
authorities upon the shares such as an order to halt trading, cease trade orders
and registration requirements.  The warrants exercised pursuant to this offering
will be subject to the registration requirements of the SEC and other regulatory
bodies  that  regulate  securities  trading  before  they will be  allowed to be
resold.


WE DO NOT  TRADEMARK  PROTECT OUR  PRODUCTS  AND  SERVICES  WHICH COULD LEAD OUR
COMPETITION TO APPROPRIATE OUR PRODUCTS AND SERVICES TO THEIR BENEFIT.

We have not been  issued any  registered  trademarks  for our legal or  Internet
trade name.  We intend to file  trademark and trade name  applications  with the
United States Office of Patents and  Trademarks for our proposed trade names and
trademarks  in the future.  No assurance can be given that we will be successful
in obtaining any trademarks, or that the trademarks, if obtained, will afford us
any protection or competitive advantages.


We may not own the property or intellectual property rights to the software that
we may use to conduct our business.  Copyright,  trade secret and trademark laws
will primarily be relied upon by the intended software  providers to protect the
technology  employed by the Company.  We currently have no patents. In addition,
effective  trademark  protection  may not be  available  for  trademarks  we may
utilize or develop.  Notwithstanding the intended precautions to be taken by us,
a third party may copy or otherwise obtain and use software or other proprietary
information without authorization or may develop similar software independently.
Policing  unauthorized use of technology is difficult,  particularly because the
global  nature of the  Internet  makes it  difficult  to  control  the  ultimate
destination or security of software or other data transmitted. The laws of other
countries may afford little or no effective protection of intellectual property.
The steps we will take may not prevent misappropriation of our technology or the
agreements entered into for that purpose might not be enforceable.  In addition,
litigation  may be  necessary  in the  future to enforce  intellectual  property
rights,  to protect  trade  secrets,  to determine the validity and scope of the
proprietary  rights of others or to defend  against  claims of  infringement  or
invalidity respecting our products or services.  Such litigation could result in
substantial  costs and  diversions  of  resources,  either of which could have a
material  adverse  affect on our  business,  financial  condition  and operating
results.  Our financial resources may not be sufficient to successfully  prevail
in litigation even when the merits are clearly on the side of the Company.



WE MAY NOT HAVE  ADEQUATE  INSURANCE TO COVER ANY LOSS THAT WE MAY  ENCOUNTER IN
THE OPERATION OF OUR BUSINESS.

There is no assurance that we will not incur uninsured liabilities and losses as
a result of the conduct of our  business.  We intend to  maintain  comprehensive
liability and property  insurance at customary levels but it is not assured that
we will receive  insurance  coverage to satisfy potential claims or that we will
receive  insurance  coverage at all. We will also evaluate the  availability and
cost of  business  interruption  insurance  but  cannot  guarantee  that we will


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                    Registration Statement                   Page 10



                                  [LOGO - IFG]

receive coverage to satisfy our potential  business loss or that we will receive
business interruption  insurance coverage at all. Should uninsured losses occur,
the shareholders could lose their invested capital.


WE WILL NOT IMPOSE A MINIMUM  CAPITALIZATION  OF FUNDS RECEIVED  PURSUANT TO THE
OFFERING  OF UNITS  BEFORE WE UTILIZE  THE FUNDS AND WE WILL  UTILIZE  THE FUNDS
RECEIVED FROM THE OFFERING OF UNITS IMMEDIATELY.

There  is no  minimum  capitalization  required  in this  Offering.  There is no
assurance  that  all or a  significant  number  of  Units  will  be sold in this
Offering.  Investors'  subscription funds will be used by us as soon as they are
received,  and no  refunds  will be given if an  inadequate  amount  of money is
raised from this Offering to enable us to conduct our business.  If only a small
portion  of the Units are  placed,  then we may not have  sufficient  capital to
operate.  There is no  assurance  that we could obtain  additional  financing or
capital from any source, or that such financing or capital would be available to
us on terms acceptable to us. Under such  circumstances,  investors in the Units
would likely lose their entire investment in the Company.


WE DETERMINED THE OFFERING PRICE OF THE UNITS ARBITRARILY.

The offering price of the Units and exercise price of warrants were  arbitrarily
determined by Management and do not bear any relationship to the assets, results
of operations or book value of the Company,  or to any other  historically-based
criteria of value.


INVESTORS WILL INCUR IMMEDIATE DILUTION AND MAY EXPERIENCE FURTHER DILUTION.


We are authorized to issue up to 50,000,000  shares.  The Board of Directors has
the authority to cause the Company to issue more of its shares, and to determine
the rights,  preferences  and privileges of such shares,  without the consent of
any of our  shareholders.  Consequently,  the  shareholders  may experience more
dilution in their  ownership of the Company in the future.  Purchasers  of Units
and the  constituent  shares in this  Offering  will  experience  immediate  and
substantial  dilution  in the  net  tangible  book  value  per  share  of  their
investments in the shares.




CAUTIONARY STATEMENT ON FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus  contains  forward-looking  statements  under  "Summary,"  "Risk
Factors,"  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and
Results of Operations," "Business" and elsewhere. These include statements about
our  expectations,  beliefs,  intentions or strategies for the future,  which we
indicate by words or phrases such as "anticipate,"  "expect,"  "intend," "plan,"
"will,"  "we  believe"  and  similar  language.   We  base  all  forward-looking
statements  on our current  expectations,  and these  statements  are subject to
risks and uncertainties and to assumptions we have made.  Important factors that
could cause our actual  results to differ  materially  from those  expressed  or
implied by these  forward-looking  statements  include  those listed under "Risk
Factors" or described  elsewhere in this  prospectus.

This prospectus contains market data related to the Internet, e-commerce and the
IT services  industry that have been included in studies published by the market
research firms of Jupiter Research and International Data Corporation as well as
other sources of information such as The Standard,  Offshore  Financial  Centers
IMF Background Paper, Offshore Finance Yearbook and Offshore Finance USA.  These
market  data  include  projections  that are based on a number  of  assumptions,
including:

     o    The Offshore  Financial  Centres IMF Background  Paper prepared by the
          Monetary  and Exchange  Affairs  Department  on June 23, 2000,  states
          that, "In addition to banking  activities,  other services provided by
          offshore centers include fund management,  insurance,  trust business,
          tax  planning,   and  IBC  activity.   Statistics  are  sparse  -  but
          impressions  are of  rapid  growth  in many of these  areas in  recent
          years,  in  contrast  to some  decline in  banking.  ...the  available
          statistics  nonetheless  indicate  that  offshore  banking  is a  very
          sizeable  activity."  Based on data on BIS, staff  calculations on the
          balance  sheet  OFC  Cross-border  assets  reached  a level of  US$4.6
          trillion at  end-June,  1999  (about 50 percent of total  cross-border
          assets), of which US$0.9 trillion in the Caribbean.

         In 1997, some 60,000 offshore companies were incorporated in the
         various Caribbean centers. It estimated that 130,000 companies are
         formed for offshore purposes per annum.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                    Registration Statement                   Page 11


                                  [LOGO - IFG]

         It is expected that the growth of the offshore industry will continue
         to grow for the next two decades due to the political and economic and
         tax catalysts such as:

         o    Political and economic instability
         o    Market globalization and deregulation
         o    The internationalization of business
         o    The lifting of trade barriers
         o    Trends towards steady global economic growth
         o    A global relaxation of foreign exchange controls
         o    High tax regimes
         o    More effective tax recovery
         o    A global relaxation of foreign exchange controls

Several articles state that the growth of online banking and investing continues
to grow.

     o    In the issue,  February-March 2001, The Standard, a Internet financial
          magazine,  states the following:
               o    that by 2005,  more than half of US  households  online - 44
                    million  homes - will bank on the  Internet,  and 34 million
                    households will trade stocks. These statistics were provided
                    by Jupiter Research.

               o    "according  to  American   Express,   a  quarter  of  online
                    consumers  around the world are banking and trading online -
                    or plan to start soon."

               o    "according to IDC,  worldwide demand for financial  services
                    online is growing.  Western  Europe will supply the most new
                    customers to Net banks and  brokerages,  and by 2004 it will
                    lead both sectors."

     o    Internet  usage  and  online  commerce  continue  to  grow  worldwide.
          Offshore Financial USA estimates that there will be 510 million people
          estimated  to be  online by the  summer of 2001 and they also  predict
          on-line  revenue  collected by Canadian and American  companies by the
          end of 1999 to be $36.6 billion.

     o    Offshore Finance Yearbook states European private banking assets at $5
          trillion  with  worldwide  private  assets  estimated  to be at  $16.6
          trillion USD.

     o    This tremendous  growth comes from an increasing number of individuals
          and corporations that look to the international  offshore  marketplace
          for  asset  protection,   testamentary  freedom,   greater  investment
          returns, tax and succession planning and increased  confidentiality in
          business dealings.  For example, it is estimated by Offshore Financial
          USA that  the  number  of  lawsuits  filed in the USA in 1999  were 18
          million and the estimated cost of litigation was $300 billion.

     o    Worldwide  Internet  users  demand  for  online  services  is  growing
          according to IDC.  According to Global  Research in March 2001,  there
          were estimated to be 453.4 million Internet users worldwide.

If these assumptions turn out to be incorrect, actual results may differ from
the projections based on these assumptions.



USE OF PROCEEDS


We expect to receive approximately $3,500,000 in net proceeds from the sale of
Units in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $0.75 per
Unit. The principal purposes of this offering are to fund the following uses:

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                    Registration Statement                   Page 12


                                  [LOGO - IFG]

     o    payment of costs associated with this offering;
     o    paying salaries and benefits to employees;
     o    maintaining  corporate offices in the Cayman Islands and Nevis and the
          establishment  of offices in other  offshore  jurisdictions;
     o    travel  expenses  in   establishing   and  maintaining  the  Company's
          infrastructure;
     o    telecommunication   expenses  in  establishing   and  maintaining  the
          Company's infrastructure;
     o    professional  fees  including  audit and legal costs to establish  the
          Company's  licenses  and  infrastructure  and  to  satisfy  regulatory
          requirements;
     o    satisfying  net capital  requirements  for the activities and licenses
          the Company is applying for to establish its infrastructure;
     o    office furniture and equipment to establish corporate offices;
     o    research, evaluation, testing, development,  operation and maintenance
          of software,  for the various  subsidiaries  of the  Company,  and the
          establishment,  operation,  enhancement  and  maintenance  of  various
          websites required by the Company to provide its services; and
     o    other contingent expenditures deemed necessary by the Company.

The use of proceeds does not take into account any proceeds that may be received
from the exercise of the warrants.


The amounts and timing of these  expenditures will vary depending on a number of
factors, including future revenue growth, if any, the amount of cash we generate
from operations, if any, and the progress of our product and service development
efforts.

We may  also  use a  portion  of the  net  proceeds  of  this  offering  to fund
acquisitions  of,  or  investments  in,   businesses,   products,   services  or
technologies  that expand,  complement or are  otherwise  related to our current
business and our  products  and  services.  However,  we have no present  plans,
agreements or commitments,  and are not currently  engaged in any  negotiations,
with respect to any such  acquisition or investment.  Pending the uses described
above,  we intend to invest the net  proceeds in  short-term,  interest-bearing,
investment-grade securities.


DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE


Factors Used to Determine Share Price. The offering price of the 5,000,000 Units
being offered by us and the exercise  price of the warrants has been  determined
primarily by our capital requirements and has no relationship to any established
criteria  of value,  such as book value or  earnings  per  share.  Additionally,
because we have no  significant  operating  history and have not  generated  any
material revenues to date, the price of the Units is not based on past earnings,
nor is the price of the Units  indicative of current market value for the assets
owned by us. No valuation or  appraisal  has been  prepared for our business and
potential business expansion.



CAPITALIZATION


The following table sets forth our capitalization as of April 30, 2001:

     o  on an actual basis; and

     o  on  a  pro  forma as  adjusted  basis to give  effect to the sale of the
        5,000,000  ordinary  shares  offered by  this  prospectus at an  assumed
        initial public  offering price of $0.75 USD  per share  after  deducting
        estimated underwriting  commissions  and/or  estimated offering expenses
        (estimated to be $250,000).

This table  should be read in  conjunction  with  "Management's  Discussion  and
Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated
financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                    Registration Statement                   Page 13



                                  [LOGO - IFG]





                                January 31, 2001

                                               Actual            Pro Forma As Adjusted (1)
                                               -------           -------------------------

                                                             
Shareholders' equity (deficiency):
   Ordinary shares; 50,000,000 shares of
   $0.001 par value authorized with
   contributed surplus;

     Shares issued and outstanding:

     Actual       (20,250,000)                $ 2,162,500          $ 2,162,500

     Pro forma as adjusted  (25,250,000)(1)                        $ 3,750,000

Accumulated deficit                           $(1,357,263)         $(1,607,263)(2)
                                                ---------            ---------

Total shareholders Equity (deficiency)        $   805,237          $   305,237
                                                =========            =========



(1) This  table does not  include  the  5,000,000  ordinary  shares  that can be
    issued  upon  the exercise of the $5.00 share purchase  warrants attached to
    the Units offered pursuant to this offering.

(2) The accumulated deficit was increased by $250,000 representing  underwriting
    and offering expenses.

Note:  The numbers utilized in calculating the Capitalization are unaudited.



DILUTION

If you invest in the Units,  your  interest will be diluted by the amount of the
difference  between the public  offering price per ordinary share and the actual
net  tangible  book  value  per  ordinary  share  after  this  offering  without
accounting for the exercise of any existing share purchase warrants.


Our actual net tangible book value as of April 30, 2001 was $785,237 [(805,237 -
20,000  intangible) x  1/20,250,000],  or $0.038 per ordinary share.  Actual net
tangible book value per share is equal to our total  tangible  assets less total
liabilities, divided by the number of outstanding ordinary shares without giving
effect to the exercise of all our outstanding share purchase warrants.

After giving effect to our sale of 5,000,000 ordinary shares in this offering at
an assumed public offering price of $0.75 per ordinary share and after deducting
the  estimated  underwriting  commissions  and/or  estimated  offering  expenses
(estimated  to be $250,000),  our adjusted  actual net tangible book value as of
April 30, 2001 would have been $285,237  [(805,237 + 3,750,000 proceeds -250,000
offering expenses - 20,000  intangible) x 1/25,250,000],  or $0.169 per ordinary
share.  This amount  represents an immediate  increase in pro forma net tangible
book  value of  $0.131  per  ordinary  share  to  existing  shareholders  and an
immediate dilution of $0.581 per ordinary share to new investors.  The following
table illustrates this dilution to new investors:


Assumed public offering price per ordinary share                         $0.750

         actual net tangible book value per ordinary share
         as of April 30, 2001                                    $0.038

         Increase per common share attributable to this offering   $0.131
                                                                   -----

Adjusted actual net tangible book value per ordinary share
after this offering                                                      $0.169
                                                                         -----

Dilution per ordinary share to new investors in this offering            $0.581
                                                                         =====


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                    Registration Statement                   Page 14


                                  [LOGO - IFG]

The table below shows on a pro forma basis as of April 30, 2001,  the difference
between our  existing  shareholders  and our new  investors  with respect to the
number  of  ordinary  shares  purchased,  the total  consideration  paid and the
average  price  per  share  paid,   before  deducting   estimated   underwriting
commissions and/or estimated offering expenses:






                           Shares Purchased          Total Consideration    Average
                           ----------------          -------------------    Price Per
                          Number         Percent    Amount        Percent   Share
                          ------         -------    ------        -------   -----
                                                              
Existing Shareholders   20,250,000         80%      $2,162,500       37%     $0.11
New Investors            5,000,000         20%      $3,750,000       63%     $0.75
                          ---------        ---      ----------      ---

Total                   25,250,000        100%      $5,912,500      100%
                        ==========        ====      ==========      ====




Selling Security Holders
- ------------------------

The  following  table sets forth the number of shares,  which may be offered for
sale from time to time by the selling  security  holder.  The shares offered for
sale  constitute all of the shares known to us to be  beneficially  owned by the
selling security holder.

Selling Security Holder                         Number of Shares
- -----------------------                         ----------------
  IFG World Holdings, Inc. (1)                     20,000,000


(1)  International Financial Group Inc., is owned by IFG World Holdings Inc. and
     Sound Refuge  Trust.  IFG World  Holdings Inc. is solely owned by IFG World
     Holdings Trust. Mr. Kevin Mellor is the sole beneficiary of that trust. The
     address  for IFG World  Holdings  Inc.  is:  Suite 205 - 207 Dowell  House,
     Roebuck  &  Palmetto   Streets,   Bridgetown,   Barbados,   WI.  Attn:  GDA
     International Trustees, Inc.




Plan of Distribution
- --------------------


Plan  of  Distribution   of  Units.  We  are  registering   5,000,000  units  in
contemplation  of offering  units to the  public.  The  termination  date of the
offering  will  occur no later  than 6 months  from the date  this  registration
statement is declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

There is no minimum  number of units that must be purchased by each  prospective
purchaser and the maximum number of units we will sell is 5,000,000. We will not
place  the  funds  raised in an escrow  account;  therefore,  all funds  will be
available for immediate utilization.

None of our officers, directors, or other "associated persons" are participating
in the  offer or sale of our  securities,  except  to the  extent  permitted  by
Exchange Act Rule 3a4-1.  Moreover,  we will not represent to any person, and we
have  informed  the selling  security  holder that it must not  represent to any
person,  that the registered shares are being offered on an "all-or-none"  basis
or  being  offered  or  sold  on any  other  basis  whereby  all or  part of the
consideration  paid for any such  security  will be refunded to the purchaser if
all or some of the securities are not sold.

Under the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 and the regulations  thereunder,  any
person engaged in a distribution of the shares of our ordinary shares offered by
this prospectus may not  simultaneously  engage in market making activities with
respect to our ordinary shares during the applicable "cooling off" periods prior
to the commencement of such  distribution.  Also, the selling security holder is
subject to applicable provisions, which limit the time of purchases and sales of

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                    Registration Statement                   Page 15


                                  [LOGO - IFG]

our ordinary shares by the selling security holder. We have informed the selling
security holder that, during such time as it may be engaged in a distribution of
any of the  shares we are  registering  by this  registration  statement,  it is
required to comply with Regulation M.

In general,  Regulation M precludes any selling security holder,  any affiliated
purchasers  and  any  broker-dealer  or  other  person  who  participates  in  a
distribution from bidding for or purchasing,  or attempting to induce any person
to bid for or purchase,  any security  which is the subject of the  distribution
until the entire distribution is complete. Regulation M defines a "distribution"
as an  offering  of  securities  that is  distinguished  from  ordinary  trading
activities by the magnitude of the offering and the presence of special  selling
efforts  and  selling  methods.   Regulation  M  also  defines  a  "distribution
participant" as an underwriter,  prospective  underwriter,  broker,  dealer,  or
other  person  who  has  agreed  to  participate  or who is  participating  in a
distribution.

Regulation  M prohibits  any bids or purchases  made in order to  stabilize  the
price of a security in connection with the distribution of that security, except
as  specifically  permitted  by Rule  104 of  Regulation  M.  These  stabilizing
transactions  may cause the price of our  common  stock to be more than it would
otherwise be in the absence of these transactions.  We have informed the selling
security holder that  stabilizing  transactions  permitted by Regulation M allow
bids to purchase our  ordinary  shares if the  stabilizing  bids do not exceed a
specified maximum.  Regulation M specifically  prohibits stabilizing that is the
result of fraudulent, manipulative, or deceptive practices. The selling security
holder and  distribution  participants  are  required to consult  with their own
legal counsel to ensure compliance with Regulation M.


Plan of Distribution of Shares by Selling Security Holder.

The selling security holder may sell our ordinary shares in the over-the-counter
market, or on any securities exchange on which our ordinary shares are or become
listed or traded, in negotiated transactions or otherwise.  The selling security
holder may sell our ordinary  shares at prices then prevailing or related to the
then current market price or at negotiated  prices.  The shares will not be sold
in an underwritten  public offering.  The shares may be sold directly or through
brokers or dealers. The methods by which the shares may be sold include:

     o    Purchases by a broker or dealer as principal and resale by such broker
          or dealer for its account;
     o    Ordinary  brokerage  transactions and transactions in which the broker
          solicits purchasers; and
     o    Privately negotiated transactions.

Brokers and dealers engaged by the selling security holder may arrange for other
brokers or dealers to participate. Brokers or dealers may receive commissions or
discounts from the selling security holder (or, if any such  broker-dealer  acts
as agent for the purchaser of such shares,  from such  purchaser) in the amounts
to be negotiated.  Broker-dealers  may agree with the selling security holder to
sell a specified number of such shares at a stipulated price per share,  and, to
the extent such broker-dealer is unable to do so acting as agent for the selling
security  holder,  to  purchase  as  principal  any  unsold  shares at the price
required to fulfill the broker-dealer commitment to the selling security holder.
Broker-dealers who acquire shares as principal may resell those shares from time
to time in the over-the-counter  market or otherwise at prices and on terms then
prevailing  or then related to the  then-current  market price or in  negotiated
transactions  and,  in  connection  with  such  re-sales,  may  receive  or  pay
commissions. The selling security holder and any broker-dealers participating in
the  distributions of the shares may be deemed to be  "underwriters"  within the
meaning of Section 2(11) of the  Securities  Act of 1933. Any profit on the sale
of shares by the selling  security holder and any commissions or discounts given
to any such  broker-dealer  may be  deemed  to be  underwriting  commissions  or
discounts. The shares may also be sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities
Act of 1933 beginning one year after the shares were issued.

There can be no assurance that the selling  security holder will sell any or all
of the shares.

None of our officers, directors, or other "associated persons" are participating
in the  offer or sale of our  securities,  except  to the  extent  permitted  by
Exchange Act Rule 3a4-1.  Moreover,  we will not represent to any person, and we
have  informed  the selling  security  holder that it must not  represent to any
person,  that the registered shares are being offered on an "all-or-none"  basis
or  being  offered  or  sold  on any  other  basis  whereby  all or  part of the
consideration  paid for any such  security  will be refunded to the purchaser if
all or some of the securities are not sold.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                    Registration Statement                   Page 16


                                  [LOGO - IFG]

Expenses of the Issue:

Printing and Engraving Costs                         $ 17,500 estimated
Registration Fee to SEC                              $ 17,000
Delivery and Postage Charges                         $  7,500 estimated
Edgar - DTCFP                                        $  6,000 estimated
Federal Taxes                                          n/a
Trustees                                               n/a
State Taxes and Fees                                   n/a
Transfer Agent Fees                                    unavailable
Legal Fees                                           $ 20,000 estimated
Accounting Fees                                      $ 25,000 estimated
Insurance Premium D&O                                $250,000 estimate



Description of Securities to be Registered
- ------------------------------------------

The following  gives you a brief synopsis of the rights  attaching to the shares
and warrants. We refer all potential investors to review with their advisors the
Articles and  Memorandum of  Association  (Schedule  "E") and the Share Purchase
Warrant Agreement (Schedule "C") attached to this prospectus.


General
- -------

The Ordinary Shares have a $0.001 par value per share. There has been 50,000,000
ordinary shares authorized and at the date of this offering 20,250,000 have been
issued and are outstanding.

Subject as otherwise  provided in our Articles,  attached hereto,  all shares in
the  capital of the  Company  for the time being and from time to time  unissued
shall be under the control of the Directors, and may be re-designated,  allotted
or  disposed  of in such  manner,  to such  persons  and on  such  terms  as the
Directors in their absolute discretion may think fit.

We may in so far as may be permitted  by law, pay a commission  to any person in
consideration of his subscribing or agreeing to subscribe whether  absolutely or
conditionally  for any shares.  Such commissions may be satisfied by the payment
of cash or the lodgment of fully or partly  paid-up  shares or partly in one way
and partly in the other.  We may also on any issue of shares pay such  brokerage
as may be lawful.


Voting rights
- -------------

Subject to any rights and  restrictions for the time being attached to any class
or classes  of shares,  on a show of hands  every  Member  present in person and
every person  representing  a Member by proxy shall at a general  meeting of the
Company have one vote and on a poll every Member and every person representing a
Member by proxy  shall  have one vote for each  share of which he or the  person
represented by proxy is the holder.


Dividend Rights
- ---------------

Purchasers of our shares offered hereby will participate in dividends based upon
the number of shares held as of a dividend record date.

Our Articles of  Association  provide,  in part,  that holders of the  Company's
shares will  participate in dividends of the Company,  subject to any rights and
restrictions  of the time being attached to any class or classes of shares,  the
Directors may from time to time declare dividends  (including interim dividends)
and other  distributions on shares issued and authorize  payment of the same out
of the funds to the Company lawfully available  therefor;  subject to any rights


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                    Registration Statement                   Page 17



                                  [LOGO - IFG]

and  restrictions for the time being attached to any class or classes of shares,
we, by ordinary resolution,  may declare dividends, but no dividend shall exceed
the amount recommended by the directors; the directors, when paying dividends to
the  shareholders  in accordance  with the foregoing  provisions,  may make such
payment  either in cash or in specie;  and no dividend  shall be paid  otherwise
than out of profits or,  subject to the  restrictions  of the Companies Law, the
share premium account.

We have never  declared or paid any cash  dividends  on our  shares.  Any future
payment of dividends  will be made at the  discretion  of our Board of Directors
based upon conditions then existing,  including earnings,  financial  conditions
and capital  requirements,  as well as such economic and other conditions as our
Board of Directors may deem relevant.

There are no Cayman Islands laws,  decrees or  regulations  affecting the actual
remittance of dividends,  interest and other payments to nonresident  holders of
shares in the Company.  However no dividend  shall be paid otherwise than out of
profits or,  subject to the  restriction  of the Companies Law Act regarding the
share  premium  account.  The  Companies  Law Act  provides  that no dividend or
distribution  may be made to members out of the share  premium  account  unless,
immediately following the date on which the distribution or dividend is proposed
to be paid,  we shall be able to pay our debts as they fall due in the  ordinary
course of business.


Redemption and Purchase
- -----------------------

Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law Act, the Company may:

     o  issue  shares on terms that they  are to be redeemed or are liable to be
        redeemed  at the option  of the  Company or the Member on such terms and
        in such manner  as the Directors may,  before  the issue of such shares,
        determine;

     o  purchase  its  own  shares  (including  any  redeemable  shares) on such
        terms  and in such manner  as the Directors may determine and agree with
        the Member; and

     o  make  a payment in respect  of the  redemption  or  purchase  of its own
        shares  otherwise  than out of profits or the proceeds  of a fresh issue
        of shares.

Any share in respect of which notice of  redemption  has been given shall not be
entitled to  participate  in the profits of the Company in respect of the period
after the date  specified as the date of redemption in the notice of redemption.
The  redemption or purchase of any share shall not be deemed to give rise to the
redemption  or  purchase  of any other  share.  The  Directors  may when  making
payments in respect of  redemption  or purchase of shares,  if authorised by the
terms of issue of the shares being  redeemed or purchased or with the  agreement
of the holder of such shares, make such payment either in cash or in specie.


Taxes and Treaties
- ------------------


There are no stamp duties, income taxes, withholding taxes, registrations taxes,
or other  duties or taxes or  similar  charges  imposed in  connection  with the
issuance or registered  ownership of shares in the Company. The holder of shares
in the  Company  with  respect to their  ownership  of the shares is exempt from
taxes in the Cayman  Islands.  There is no  reciprocal  tax treaty  between  the
Cayman  Islands  and  the  United  States  of  America.  Please  review  the tax
discussion  regarding  the  Cayman  Island  and the  Unites  States  of  America
contained at page 53 to 56.



Warrants
- ---------

The share  purchase  warrants  allow you the  investor to purchase  one ordinary
share at an exercise  price of $5.00 USD. The share  purchase  warrants  forming
part of the units offered will expire on December 31, 2002.  There are presently
4,000,000 warrants outstanding  exercisable at $5.00 USD that expire on December
31, 2002.  The exercise  price of all the warrants is subject to change upon the
happening of the following events:

     o  Stock   dividends;


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                    Registration Statement                   Page 18



                                  [LOGO - IFG]

     o  Stock splits;
     o  Reverse stock splits;
     o  Reclassifications

Upon the aforementioned events occurring the exercise price shall be adjusted by
multiplying  such  exercise  price  immediately  prior to such  adjustment  by a
fraction,  the  numerator  of which  shall be the  number of shares of  ordinary
shares  purchasable upon the exercise of each warrant  immediately prior to such
adjustment,  and the  denominator  of which  shall be the  number  of  shares of
ordinary shares so purchasable immediately thereafter.

Please review the share purchase  warrant  agreement  (Schedule "C") attached to
this prospectus for all material terms and conditions.


Limitation on holding shares by Nonresident or Foreign Owners
- -------------------------------------------------------------

There is no limitation  on  nonresidents  or foreign  owners to hold or vote the
ordinary shares.


Interest of Named Experts and Counsel
- -------------------------------------

No "expert",  as that term is defined pursuant to Regulation  Section 229.509(a)
of  Regulation  S-K,  or our  "counsel",  as that term is  defined  pursuant  to
Regulation  Section  229.509(b)  of  Regulation  S-K,  was hired on a contingent
basis,  or will receive a direct or indirect  interest in us, or was a promoter,
underwriter,  voting trustee, director,  officer, or employee of the company, at
any time prior to the filing of this registration statement.















- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                    Registration Statement                   Page 19



                                  [LOGO - IFG]

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

You should  read the  selected  consolidated  financial  data set forth below in
conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations"  included  elsewhere in this prospectus.  The selected  consolidated
financial data are derived from our consolidated  financial statements that have
been  audited by Miller and  McCollom,  independent  auditors,  and are included
elsewhere in this prospectus.




                       INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
                          (a Development Stage Company)
                           Consolidated Balance Sheets

                                                 January 31, 2001       July 31, 2000
                                                ------------------    ----------------
                                     ASSETS
                                                                    
CURRENT ASSETS:
   Cash                                               $ 922,041           $ 714,035
   Restricted cash                                      200,000             200,000
   Accounts receivable                                   26,000              26,000
   Subscription receivable                                    -             500,000
   Due from parent                                        5,000                   -
   Prepaid expenses                                      61,984              10,000
   Loan receivable from related parties                  70,500               5,000
                                                 ----------------      --------------
                                                       1,285,525           1,455,035
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:
   Office furniture and equipment                        38,020                   -
   Computer equipment                                    68,225               5,428
                                                 ----------------      --------------
                                                         106,245               5,428
   Less accumulated depreciation                         (8,297)                  -
                                                 ----------------      --------------
                                                         97,948               5,428
OTHER ASSETS:
   Intangible asset                                      20,000              20,000
                                                 ----------------      --------------

         Total assets                               $ 1,403,473         $ 1,480,463
                                                 ================      ==============

                      LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILTIES:
  Loans payable to related parties                    $  20,200           $  37,200
  Accounts payable & accrued expenses                    74,517              34,833
                                                 ----------------      --------------
                                                         94,717              72,033
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Common stock 50,000,000 shares of $0.001
     par value authorized; 20,000,000
     issued and outstanding                              20,000              20,000
   Contributed surplus                                2,140,000           2,140,000
   Subscription receivable                                    -            (500,000)
Deficit accumulated during the development stage       (851,244)           (251,570)
                                                 ----------------      --------------
                                                      1,308,756           1,408,430
                                                 ----------------      --------------

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity          $ 1,403,473         $ 1,480,463
                                                 ================      ==============










- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                    Registration Statement                   Page 20



                                  [LOGO - IFG]




                       INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
                          (a Development Stage Company)
                      Consolidated Statements of Operations


                         Six Months Ended                       Years Ended                 July 14, 1997
                            January 31,                           July 31,                    (Date of
                       2001           2000             2000            1999      1998       Incorporation)
                                                                                               through
                                                                                           January 31, 2001
                     ------------    ----------    ---------------    -------    ------    ----------------

                                                                         
INCOME               $        -            $ -      $          -         $ -       $ -     $             -
                     ------------    ----------     --------------    -------    ------    -----------------

EXPENSES:
Legal and
 professional
 fees                   120,845              -           149,712           -         -             270,557
Salaries                243,357              -            78,468           -         -             321,825
Depreciation              8,297              -                 -           -         -               8,297
Other
 administrative
 expenses               227,175              -            23,390           -         -             250,565
                     ------------    ----------     --------------    -------    ------    -----------------
Total expenses          599,674              -           251,570           -         -             851,244
                     ------------    ----------     --------------    -------    ------    -----------------

Net Loss             $ (599,674)           $ -      $   (251,570)        $ -       $ -     $      (851,244)
                     ============    ==========     ==============    =======    ======    =================


Basic and diluted
 loss per share      $     (.03)           $ -      $       (.09)        $ -       $ -     $          (.05)
                     ============    ==========     ==============    =======    ======    =================


Weighted average
 shares outstanding  20,000,000              -         2,918,650           -         -          15,729,662
                     ============    ==========     ==============    =======    ======    =================




MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION  AND  ANALYSIS OF  FINANCIAL  CONDITION  AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS

The following  discussion  should be read in conjunction  with our  consolidated
financial  statements  and the related  notes  appearing at Schedule "A" in this
prospectus.


Overview
- --------


From the date of our incorporation on July 14th, 1997, until February 1st, 2001,
we  were a  development-stage  company  that  had  no  revenues.  Our  operating
activities  during this period  consisted  primarily of conducting  research and
developing our products and services to be provided to clients desiring offshore
financial products and services. Effective February 1, 2001, IFG Trust Services,
Inc. and IFG Investments  Services,  Inc. commenced  business.  The products and
services we currently provide include full service discount offshore investment,
trust and corporate services. To date, there have been limited revenues realized
from our business.


Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted
accounting principles.  We have expensed all development expenses related to the
establishment of our subsidiary corporations and the corresponding  professional
fees incurred to establish these corporations around the world.

Our operating expenses are classified into four categories:

     o  Legal and professional fees;
     o  Salaries;
     o  Depreciation; and
     o  Other administrative expenses.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                    Registration Statement                   Page 21



                                  [LOGO - IFG]

Legal  and  professional  fees  consist  primarily  of  accounting,   legal  and
professional fees incurred by us in establishing our infrastructure.


Salary  consists  primarily of wages and salary paid to our eight  employees and
independent  contractors,  social  security  and  withholding  payments  made to
various   government   authorities,   work  permits,   and  directors  fees  for
International Financial Group, Inc.


Depreciation consists of depreciation and amortization of our assets.

Other administrative expenses consist primarily of employee medical expenses and
health insurance,  director fees, advertising and promotion,  courier,  postage,
credit card charges,  currency exchanges and rounding,  insurance,  interest and
bank charges,  office  supplies,  printing and design,  office  equipment  lease
expense,   conference  expense,   computer  development   expense,   rent,  rent
residential,   vehicle   rental,   living   allowance,   telephone   travel  and
entertainment, brokerage fees, incorporation fees, security and parking.

In our  development of new products and services,  the technical  feasibility of
the software is not established until  substantially all product  development is
complete.   Historically,   our   software   development   costs   eligible  for
capitalization have been insignificant and all costs related to internal product
development have been expensed as incurred.

We believe that period-to-period comparisons of our historical operating results
are  not  necessarily  meaningful  and  should  not  be  relied  upon  as a good
indication of our future performance.  Our prospects must be considered in light
of the risks, expenses and difficulties  frequently  experienced by companies in
early stages of development,  particularly companies in new and rapidly evolving
markets like ours.

Results of operations:


Six months  ended  January 31,  2001,  compared to the period from July 14, 1997
(inception)  to July 31, 2000.  For the period July 14, 1997,  to July 31, 2000,
the  Company  commenced  business  operations  March 14,  2000.  Therefore,  the
following comparison compares the activity for the six months ending January 31,
2001, to the five months ending July 31, 2001.


Legal and  professional  fees  decreased from $149,712 for the period ended July
31, 2000 to $120,845 for the six months ended  January 31, 2001.  This  decrease
was attributable  primarily to expenses  remaining  relatively  constant for the
inception  period as compared to the last six months.  We anticipate  that legal
and professional fees will increase in the future because the  infrastructure of
our  corporation  will  continue  to  increase  as offices  are  established  in
strategic  locations around the offshore world. In addition,  professional  fees
will be incurred  related to the recent bank licenses and trust licenses that we
are presently undertaking to achieve.

Salaries  increased  from $78,468 for the period ended July 31, 2000 to $243,357
for the six-months ended January 31, 2001, due primarily to the addition of more
employees,  social  security  fees and the  payment of work  permits  and living
allowances,  and the travel and entertainment undertaken by those in the Company
responsible for establishing our infrastructure worldwide.

Depreciation has increased from nil for the period ended July 31, 2000 to $8,297
for the six months ended  January 31, 2001.  This  increase is  attributable  to
taking depreciation on our assets for the first time.

Other  administrative  expenses increased from $23,390 for the period ended July
31, 2000, to $227,175 for the six months ended  January 31, 2001.  This increase
was  attributable  primarily  to  increased  courier and postage  charges,  bank
charges,  computer  development  expenses,  printing,  rents, living allowances,
vehicle  rentals,  telephone  charges and travel and  entertainment  expenses to
establish our infrastructure.

Due to the foregoing  factors,  our operating results are difficult to forecast.
We believe that  period-to-period  comparisons of our operating  results are not
meaningful  and  you  should  not  rely  on them  as  indicative  of our  future
performance.  You  should  also  evaluate  our  prospects  in light of the risk,
expenses and difficulties  commonly encountered by comparable  development-stage
companies in new and rapidly evolving markets. We cannot assure you that we will
successfully address such risks and challenges. In addition, even though we have


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                    Registration Statement                   Page 22



                                  [LOGO - IFG]

successfully launched our IFG Investments  Services,  IFG Trust Services and IFG
Corporate  Services  subsidiaries  and carry on investment,  trust and corporate
services  activities,  we cannot  assure you that our revenues  will increase or
that we will become profitable in the future.


Liquidity and Capital Resources
- -------------------------------

Since the date of our  incorporation,  we have raised an aggregate of $2,000,000
through private placements of our ordinary shares.

Our operating  activities have used cash resources of  approximately  $1,056,414
from  inception to the period ending  January 31, 2001.  Our negative  operating
cash flow resulted  principally from the net losses that we have incurred during
the start-up  period as funds were invested in the  development  of our products
and services.

Our  investing  activities  consist  of  the  purchase  of  computer  equipment,
software,  furniture  and equipment to support our  infrastructure  and loans to
related  parties.  Cash  resources  of  $201,745  were used for the period  from
inception to January 31, 2001.


Our  financing  activities  consisted of raising money from the sale of ordinary
shares and loans from related  parties.  Cash  resources from the sale of shares
was $2,160,000  and cash resources  received from IFG World Holdings Inc. in the
form of a related party loan was $20,200.  The loan is  unsecured,  non-interest
bearing and repayable upon demand.


Our  capital  requirements  depend on a number of  factors.  We expect to devote
substantial resources to continue the growth of our infrastructure, research and
development  of new products and services,  expand our sales force,  and support
and  increase  our  marketing   efforts.   Our   expenditures   have   increased
substantially  since the date of  incorporation,  and we anticipate that capital
expenditures  will continue to increase in absolute  dollars in the  foreseeable
future.


At January  31,  2001,  we had cash and cash  equivalents  of  $922,041  USD. We
believe that our cash and cash equivalents are sufficient to fund our operations
for the next fiscal year without the offering.  In addition, we believe that the
net proceeds from this offering, plus  profits from operation, together with our
cash and cash  equivalents,  will be sufficient to fund our  operations  for the
next two years.  Thereafter,  we may need to raise  additional funds in order to
facilitate more rapid expansion,  including  significant  increases in personnel
and office facilities, to develop new or enhance existing products and services,
to respond to competitive  pressures,  or to acquire or invest in  complementary
businesses,  technologies, services, or products. In addition, if cash generated
from operations is insufficient  to meet our long-term  liquidity  needs, we may
need to raise additional funds or seek other financing arrangements.  Additional
funding may not be available on favorable terms or at all. In addition, although
there are no present understandings,  commitments, or agreements with respect to
any acquisition of other businesses, products or technologies, we may, from time
to time,  evaluate  potential  acquisitions  of other  businesses,  products and
technologies to enhance our offshore presence.  In order to consummate potential
acquisitions,  we may issue additional  securities or need additional  equity or
debt financing and any such financing may be dilutive to existing investors.



BUSINESS

History and Background
- ----------------------

The Company
- -----------

International Financial Group Inc., through its subsidiaries,  provides offshore
financial services to the business-to-consumer and business-to-business markets.
We utilize  traditional  delivery  channels  including  in-person  consultation,
telephone  and  facsimile,  as well as the  Internet to deliver its products and
services.  We commenced full service  offshore  investment,  trust and corporate
services  activities in February 2001, and during the same month,  also launched
the  websites   www.ifg.com,   www.apiip.com  and  www.ifgtrust.com  to  provide
                -----------    -------------       ----------------


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                    Registration Statement                   Page 23



                                  [LOGO - IFG]

Internet-based  discount offshore investment,  trust and incorporation services.
It is our  objective to provide to our clients an  efficient,  professional  and
confidential  environment in which to conduct their  financial  affairs,  with a
focus on asset protection.


Recent  global  increases  in the  use,  by  individuals  and  corporations,  of
international financial planning strategies have led management to believe there
will continue to be a substantial  and growing market for full service  offshore
financial service providers. We believe that individuals and corporations around
the world have  demonstrated  an increasing  desire to use financial  strategies
that  allow  them to  control  their  own  financial  affairs  in a  convenient,
confidential and efficient  manner,  while  protecting their assets,  preserving
their wealth, and providing flexibility in wealth transfer.  Furthermore, in the
third  quarter of 2000,  The Standard  (February - March 2001)  quotes,  Salomon
Smith Barney,  that 30.5% of all NYSE and NASDAQ trades were  performed  online.
These  transactions  were  facilitated by discount  brokerages  such as E-Trade,
Ameritrade  and National  Discount  Brokers via the  Internet.  While use of the
Internet has continued to grow at an exponential rate,  Internet  consumers have
become increasingly  confident in the security,  reliability and confidentiality
of e-commerce  transactions.  We have  developed our business plan and corporate
structure to accommodate these emerging consumer trends and demands.

To accomplish  these goals,  we are  establishing  ourselves as a  comprehensive
provider of full service discount offshore  financial products and services with
wholly-owned   subsidiaries   currently   incorporated   in  over  30   offshore
jurisdictions.   Customer  convenience  and  operating  efficiency,  along  with
offering "bundled" financial  services,  are two key components of our strategy.
The products and services we currently provide include full service and discount
offshore  investment, trust and corporate  services.  During 2002,  we intend to
expand our products and services  offerings to include full service and discount
offshore  banking  and  insurance.  By offering  these  services  from  multiple
jurisdictions,  our  clients  are able to  develop a  financial  plan  utilizing
multiple layers of confidentiality  and secrecy,  while also offering the client
the ability to utilize the best available jurisdiction for each distinctive part
of their  offshore  financial  strategy.  As we expand our products and services
offered,  we will continue to utilize both full service traditional and discount
Internet based delivery channels.


We have established our investment services subsidiary, IFG Investment Services,
Inc.'s,  head office in the Cayman Islands.  We intend to make an application to
the Cayman Islands  Monetary  Authority for a Trade and Business License for the
Cayman subsidiary and we are also intending to establish an investment  services
subsidiary in the Isle of Man. International  Financial Group, Inc. has received
its Internet-based  offshore financial services license to operate in the Cayman
Islands  which  includes  brokerage  services.  We have  established  our  trust
services  subsidiary IFG Trust  Services,  Inc.'s,  head office in St. Kitts and
Nevis,  West Indies and have received our license to conduct  trust  activities.
IFG Trust Services, Inc. owns IFG Investments Services, Inc., a Nevis subsidiary
that  conducts  brokerage  services  for  our  clients.  In  February  2001,  we
established an offshore trust services subsidiary in The Isle of Man and applied
for Trust licenses in Anguilla and St. Lucia of the British West Indies. We have
established our corporate services  subsidiary IFG Corporate  Services,  Inc.'s,
holding  company  in the Cayman  Islands  and we are  intending  to apply to the
Cayman Islands  Monetary  Authority for a Trade and Business  License to conduct
corporate   services   activities.   We  have  established   corporate  services
subsidiaries in Antigua,  Barbados,  Costa Rica, Panama, Hong Kong, Isle of Man,
Labaun  and The  Marshall  Islands.  We intend to apply,  where  necessary,  for
licenses to carry on corporate services  activities in these  jurisdictions.  We
have also established a technologies subsidiary IFG Systems, Inc., in the Cayman
Islands for the purpose of managing all systems and technology developed by, and
for, the Company.


In February 2001, we made applications for offshore bank licenses to be held by,
IFG Bank,  Inc.,  in Belize and St.  Vincent and the  Grenadines.  By the second
quarter  2002,  we intend to  establish  insurance  services  subsidiaries,  IFG
Insurance, Inc., in Bermuda and the Cayman Islands.

We selected  these offshore  jurisdictions  because we believe they are credible
jurisdictions within which to conduct business as they embrace asset protection,
wealth enhancement,  wealth preservation and freedom of succession. The basis of
our belief is that the  aforementioned  countries have stable political systems,
have  modern  telecommunications  systems,  government  infrastructure  such  as
financial services departments formed to facilitate  businesses such as ours and
have  enacted  legislation  to support  trusts and  corporations  and secrecy of
client  disclosure.  From this  corporate  structure,  we intend to  continue to
expand by  establishing  trust and corporate  services  subsidiaries in up to 20
offshore jurisdictions worldwide by the end of year 2001.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                    Registration Statement                   Page 24


                                  [LOGO - IFG]

On June 13, 2000 we  distributed an offering  memorandum  pursuant to Regulation
"S", for the issuance of 4,000,000 units that were comprised of one (1) share of
our ordinary  stock,  and one (1) warrant.  The price per unit was $0.50 USD. We
realized gross offering  proceeds of $2,000,000.  The warrants allow the holders
to purchase  one (1)  ordinary  share at an  exercise  price of $5.00 USD, to be
exercised  not later than  December 31, 2002,  after which date the warrant will
become null and void.  This  offering was  distributed  to persons that were not
residents of the Cayman Islands or the United States of America.  On January 31,
2001,  IFG World  Holdings Inc.  purchased  all of the 4,000,000  units from the
minority  shareholders  that held the units by issuing a promissory note to each
minority  shareholder to pay $0.50 USD per unit,  together with interest payable
on December 31, 2002.

The following websites have been registered by the company.  The websites marked
"active" are  functional  and the websites  that are marked "not active" are not
functional at the date of this filing.

International Financial Group, Inc.     www.ifg.com                   Active
                                        -----------
IFG Investment Services, Inc.           www.ifginvestments.com        Active
                                        ----------------------
APIIP                                   www.apiip.com                 Active
                                        -------------
IFG Trust Services, Inc.                www.ifgtrust.com              Active
                                        ----------------
IFG Corporate Services Inc.             www.ifgcorporate.com          Not Active
                                        --------------------
IFG Management Services. Inc.           www.ifgmanagement.com         Not Active
                                        ---------------------
IFG Bank                                www.ifgbank.com               Not Active
                                        ---------------
IFG Insurance                           www.ifginsurance.com          Not Active
                                        --------------------
IFG Systems                             www.ifgsystems.com            Not Active
                                        ------------------



The Subsidiaries
- ----------------

IFG Investment Services
- -----------------------


IFG  Investments  Services,  Inc.,  was  incorporated  in St. Kitts and Nevis in
December  2000 and  commenced  operations  in Nevis in February  2001,  offering
services via traditional  offshore service delivery channels including in-person
consultation,  telephone  and  facsimile.  In May 2001,  we commenced our online
investment  services  activities  from our website  located at  www.ifg.com  and
                                                                -----------
www.ifginvestments.com.  This  subsidiary  to date has not earned  any  revenue,
- ----------------------
however, we expect to commence earning revenue by June, 2001.


When contacting IFG Investments, clients are able to place orders, conduct order
tracking,  request market information,  and conduct other investment business in
an  offshore  environment.  IFG  Investments'  office  also  provides  in-person
consultations.  Clients  may  contact  us via  telephone  and fax as long as the
customer  pre-approves this type of order  communication and provides an account
number and  password.  All of these  service  channels are  currently  available
during North American stock market hours.

We believe advancements in  telecommunications  and information  technology have
fundamentally  altered the way individuals conduct investment business.  Just as
the microprocessor  dramatically changed the way individuals used computers, the
emergence of the Internet as a tool for communications and commerce, is bringing
about a  revolution  in the  world of  financial  transactions  and  information
services.  The Internet  provides  individual  investors  with direct  access to
information and transaction processing  capabilities once available only through
full-commission   securities  brokerage  firms.  As  a  result,   consumers  are
increasingly taking direct control over their personal investment  transactions,
not simply  because they are able to, but because  they find it more  convenient
and cost-effective than relying on full-commission or even traditional  discount
brokers.


In May 2001 IFG Investments, utilizing  proprietary  technology developed by the
Company,  commenced  online  investment  activities  from its website located at
www.ifg.com. The services provided on the website allow clients to place orders,
- -----------
conduct order tracking, request market information, and conduct other investment
business in an offshore  environment 24 hours a day, seven days a week, 365 days
a year in respect of certain  American  markets.  It is our  intention to expand
into other markets so that our customers can perform trading activities 24 hours
a day.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                    Registration Statement                   Page 25



                                  [LOGO - IFG]

We have  developed a technology and Internet  platform  capable of providing our
users with comprehensive selection of financial products and services available.
It is our intent to  establish  correspondent  and clearing  relationships  with
major financial  institutions in Europe and Asia, to allow our clients to access
the major investment markets within these areas.


IFG Investment Services Inc. is a Cayman Islands exempt company, incorporated on
May 31, 2000, that intends to apply to Caymans Islands Monetary  Authority for a
Trade and Business license.  If we are granted such license,  we intend to offer
investment services through  full-service  delivery channels and discount online
services  over the Internet from IFG  Investments'  head office in Grand Cayman.
This  subsidiary  to date has not  earned  any  revenue,  however,  we expect to
commence earning revenue two months subsequent to our trade and business license
being  approved  and it is our  estimation  this will occur by  September  2001.
International  Financial  Group Inc.,  as the parent has received its license to
conduct  international  offshore  financial  services,  which includes providing
brokerage  services.  We are  researching  whether  this  license will allow IFG
Investment Services Inc. to conduct brokerage activities.  The parent company to
date has not earned significant revenue,  however, we expect to commence earning
revenue by September 2001.

We intend to make an  application to the Cayman Island Stock Exchange for a seat
on its exchange. We feel that acquiring a seat on the CSX will lend it a certain
acceptable  level of integrity,  stability and expertise to prospective  clients
and partners worldwide. There is no guarantee that we, or our subsidiary will be
approved for a seat on the CSX.


We  believe  that we can best  serve  our  clients  by  offering  jurisdictional
alternatives in licensed offshore investment service jurisdictions. Thus, should
either  St.  Kitts and Nevis or the Cayman  Islands  gain  cumbersome  financial
regulations that inhibit  investment  options for our clients,  we will have the
ability to immediately offer an alternative investment jurisdiction.


IFG Investment  Services Inc.  applied to obtain Qualified  Intermediary  status
with the Internal  Revenue Services on December 28, 2000. As of the date of this
prospectus,  the application remains pending. We are also in discussion with the
IRS to have IFG Investments Services Inc. obtain a qualified intermediary status
pursuant to the aforementioned  application.  The purpose of obtaining Qualified
Intermediary  status and entering into an agreement  with the IRS is to simplify
withholding and reporting  obligations for payments of income made to an account
holder through foreign intermediaries such as the Company.



IFG Trust Services
- ------------------


On July 13, 2000, IFG Trust's  application  for  authorization  to conduct trust
activities  was  approved  by the  Government  of Nevis,  West  Indies.  We have
established  a  physical  office in Nevis to  function  as our head  office  for
worldwide  trust service  activities.  Our Trust services  include,  but are not
limited to, the establishment of trusts, the provision of professional trustees,
the provision of professional trust protectors,  the drafting of trust documents
(trust  deeds,  letters  of  wishes,  etc.)  and  the  filing  of all  necessary
government  documentation.  It is anticipated that many clients will use a trust
in an offshore jurisdiction for the purpose of asset protection.  This typically
serves to add an additional layer of confidentiality, control and versatility to
overall financial  strategy.  This subsidiary to date has not earned significant
revenue.


IFG Trust commenced  full-service offshore trust activities in January 2001. Our
full  service  division  provides  trust  services  through   traditional  means
including in-person  consultation,  telephone,  facsimile,  mail and courier. We
maintain  a website  at  www.ifgtrust.com  that  serves as the  online  brochure
                         ----------------
detailing our products and services.


IFG Trust has commenced the provision of online discount trust services from our
websites located at www.apiip.com and www.ifg.com in March 2001. Through the use
                    -------------     -----------
of proprietary  technology and a unique three-step process,  clients are able to
establish a customized  offshore  structure in a secure  environment  24 hours a
day, seven days a week, 365 days a year. One of the major barriers in attracting
the middle-income  market segment to the offshore financial sector, has been the
high cost  traditionally  associated with the  establishment  and maintenance of
offshore legal  structures.  By utilizing our technology and business model, IFG
Trust has been able to reduce the cost of providing and utilizing  sophisticated
offshore  structures,  thereby  reducing  the barrier to making  these  services

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                    Registration Statement                   Page 26


                                  [LOGO - IFG]

available  to a whole new  segment  of the  market.  Our  technology,  developed
in-house,  also allows us to automate the process of  establishing  corporations
and trusts which reduces our corporate labour costs and corporate  overhead such
as offices, equipment and fixtures.

In February 2001, we established a Trust  subsidiary in The Isle of Man,  United
Kingdom and applied for Trust  licenses in Anguilla and St. Lucia of the British
West Indies.  It is our  intention to offer trust  services in up to 15 offshore
jurisdictions  worldwide.  We intend  to obtain  additional  trust  licenses  to
satisfy consumer demand and to provide  alternative trust services from multiple
jurisdictions. There is no guarantee that we, or our subsidiary will be approved
for any additional  trust licenses.  These  subsidiaries to date have not earned
revenue, however, we expect to commence earning revenue by September, 2001.



IFG Corporate Services
- ----------------------

Our subsidiary, IFG Trust Services Inc. (Nevis),  established IFG Corporate Inc.
in the  Federation  of St.  Kitts  and  Nevis  on  January  29,  2001.  We  have
established  our office in Nevis to  function as the  worldwide  head office for
corporate services  activities supplied to IFG clients and we share these office
facilities with IFG Trust. The corporate  services we provide  include,  but are
not limited to,  incorporation  services,  the provision of registered  offices,
professional   directorships,   corporate  drafting   services,   and  corporate
secretarial  services.  It is  anticipated  that many of our clients  will use a
corporation in an offshore  jurisdiction  for the purpose of asset protection as
well as investment management.  This typically serves to add an additional layer
of  confidentiality,  control and  versatility  to overall  financial  strategy.
Offshore corporate services are currently  available through traditional service
channels including in-person consultation,  telephone,  facsimile, mail, courier
and the Internet.


IFG Corporate Inc. commenced full-service offshore corporate services activities
in February 2001. Our full service division provides  corporate services through
traditional means including in-person consultation,  telephone,  facsimile, mail
and courier. We intend to maintain a website at  www.ifgcorporate.com  that will
                                                 --------------------
serve as an online brochure  detailing our products and services  offered.  This
subsidiary to date has not earned  significant  revenue,  however,  we expect to
commence earning revenue by December 2001.

IFG Corporate Inc. intends to commence the delivery of online discount corporate
services from the websites located at www.apiip.com and www.ifg.com in or around
                                      -------------     -----------
March 2001.  Through the use of proprietary  technology and a unique  three-step
process, our clients will be able to establish a customized offshore corporation
24 hours a day from any personal  computer in the world. As with trusts,  one of
the major  barriers  in  attracting  the  middle-income  market  segment  to the
offshore financial sector, has been the high cost traditionally  associated with
the  establishment  and maintenance of offshore  corporations.  By utilizing our
technology  and business  model,  IFG Corporate  has been able to  substantially
reduce the cost of providing and utilizing  sophisticated  offshore  structures,
thereby  reducing the barrier to making these services  available to a whole new
market (the market for whom the previously high costs had been  prohibitive.) By
offering  these  services from multiple  jurisdictions,  our clients are able to
develop a  financial  plan  utilizing  multiple  layers of  confidentiality  and
secrecy,  while  also  offering  the client  the  ability  to  utilize  the best
available  jurisdiction for each  distinctive  part of their offshore  financial
strategy.  As we expand our products and services  offered,  we will continue to
utilize  both full service  traditional  and discount  Internet  based  delivery
channels.

We have established additional Corporate Services Providers ("CSP") subsidiaries
in the Federation of St. Kitts and Nevis,  Antigua,  Barbados,  Cayman  Islands,
Costa Rica, Panama,  Hong Kong, Isle of Man, Labaun,  Marshall Islands,  Belize,
Cook Islands,  Niue,  Seychelles and the Bahamas and, where  necessary,  will be
applying for Corporate Service Providers'  licenses and establishing  offices in
these jurisdictions.  We are in the process of establishing  additional CSP's in
The Isle of Man and the Cayman Islands.  We intend to offer corporate  services,
from up to 30 offshore jurisdictions  worldwide.  We intend to obtain additional
corporate   services   licenses  to  satisfy  consumer  demand  and  to  provide
alternative  corporate  services from multiple  jurisdictions  thereby  allowing
clients the ability to use the most advantageous corporate legislation available
to meet their own particular needs. There is no guarantee that we, or any of our
subsidiaries will be approved for any CSP licenses.  These  subsidiaries to date
have not earned any revenue,  however,  we expect to commence earning revenue by
December 2001.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                    Registration Statement                   Page 27



                                  [LOGO - IFG]


IFG Management Services
- -----------------------


We established IFG Management, Inc., in the Federation of St. Kitts and Nevis on
January 29,  2001.  We have  established  our office in Nevis to function as the
worldwide head office for  management  services  activities  supplied to our IFG
clients and share these office facilities with IFG Trust and IFG Corporate.  The
management  services  we  provide  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  office
management,    secretarial,    bookkeeping,   mail   forwarding,   and   general
administration.  We have established management services subsidiaries in over 20
jurisdictions worldwide from which it provides offshore management services. The
purpose for establishing over 20 offshore management services subsidiaries is to
satisfy  consumer  demand  and to  provide  management  services  from  multiple
offshore  jurisdictions.  This  subsidiary  to date has not earned any  revenue,
however, we expect to commence earning revenue by December 2001.


IFG  Management  Inc.  commenced   full-service   offshore   management  service
activities  in February  2001.  Our full service  division  provides  management
services through traditional means including in-person consultation,  telephone,
facsimile, mail and courier. We maintain a website at www.ifgmanagement.com that
                                                      ---------------------
serves as the online brochure detailing the products and services offered by us.


IFG  Management  also  commenced  the  delivery  of online  discount  management
services from our websites  located at  www.apiip.com  and  www.ifg.com in March
                                        -------------       -----------
2001. Through the use of proprietary  technology and a three-step  process,  our
clients are able to establish a customized  offshore  structure that can include
both a trust and  corporation.  Once a client  has  established  their  offshore
structure,  they are able to contact and access our discount management services
24 hours a day through a secure online proprietary messaging system.


Where IFG Trust and/or IFG  Corporate are unable to acquire a local trust and/or
CSP license or the  acquisition  of such licenses is determined by management to
be  impractical,  we  anticipate  we  will  offer  trust  and/or  CSP  services,
indirectly,  from  that  jurisdiction,   through  the  existing  IFG  Management
subsidiary  and the local CSP and/or trust  affiliate  we retain.  In the period
before our other subsidiaries have obtained licenses to directly offer trust and
corporate  services  locally,  these  subsidiaries are anticipated to be able to
offer  these  services  through  local   affiliation  under  a  revenue  sharing
arrangement.  It is anticipated  that  delivering  trust and corporate  services
initially  through  local  affiliation  will allow us to  establish an extensive
global presence quickly and efficiently.


IFG Management Services subsidiaries have been established in Anguilla, Bahamas,
Turks & Caicos,  Cayman  Islands,  Hong Kong,  Samoa,  Vanuatu,  British  Virgin
Islands,  Niue, Cook Islands,  Marshall Islands,  Panama,  Belize,  Isle of Man,
Labuan,  Seychelles,   Antigua,  Barbados,  St.  Lucia,  Grenada,  St.  Vincent,
Gibraltar,  Jersey, Liberia, Guernsey,  Dominica, Mauritius and Singapore. Where
necessary  we will  establish  offices in these  jurisdictions  to carry out our
business  activities.  These  subsidiaries  to date have not earned any revenue,
however, we expect to commence earning revenue by December 2001.


Through  the  International  Financial  Group  subsidiaries,  we  offer  clients
unprecedented  flexibility  and  convenience  in  constructing  and  managing an
offshore  financial  strategy  using  full-service  and discount  Internet-based
delivery channels. Each client has very specific structural needs based on their
own specific  circumstances  and goals.  Our  infrastructure  allows  clients to
utilize a wide variety of products and  services,  available  separately  and in
bundled  formats,   and  to  utilize  specific   offshore   jurisdictions   that
particularly  strive  to meet  these  goals.  There is no  guarantee  we will be
effective in  penetrating  the offshore  financial  services  market in a timely
manner, or at all.


IFG Systems
- -----------


IFG Systems, Inc., is a Cayman Islands' company,  established on August 7, 2000,
that  develops,  licenses,  owns and operates all of our Internet  technologies,
computer  software  and  systems.  We have  developed  proprietary  software and
systems and have  licensed  software  from  various  providers,  which  software
enables us to provide  clients with  confidential  and secure  online  financial
transaction  processing.  We store account records and communication archives in
secure  computer  files and systems in The Federation of St. Kitts and Nevis and
is in the  process  of  establishing  a  redundant  server in  another  offshore
jurisdiction.  This subsidiary to date has not earned any revenue,  however,  we
expect to commence earning revenue by July 2001.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                    Registration Statement                   Page 28


                                  [LOGO - IFG]

We  have  all  financial  services  related  communications   conducted  through
encryption to provide  confidentiality and security.  There is no guarantee this
technology  will not be  breached.  Confidentiality  is  typically  a  principal
motivation  behind many decisions to initiate an offshore  financial plan. Thus,
we have developed a technical infrastructure that allows our clients a degree of
autonomy when  establishing,  modifying and controlling their offshore financial
plans.  Application and maintenance systems have been designed to simplify human
interaction,   while   clients  will  have  the   opportunity   to  contact  our
representatives  directly  should  they  choose to do so. We  currently  make it
possible for clients to establish  offshore  corporations and trusts,  and trade
securities;  and in the  future we intend to enable  clients to  establish  bank
accounts,  credit cards, and purchase insurance,  all directly from any computer
terminal  in the  world  connected  to the  Internet;  24 hours a day.  Provided
transactions do not violate anti-money laundering legislation, it is anticipated
that they can be performed through automation.


It is our intention to utilize Internet-based technology that uses the latest in
security measures, including, but not limited to, the following:

     o  We  hope to employ  a  password  entry  system  to  attempt  to  prevent
        unauthorized  users from accessing our system.  Clients  select  a "user
        name" and "password,"  which  must be correctly  entered each time  they
        attempt to access systems.

     o  A  strong  encryption,  users of our  system are  required  to utilize a
        Secure  Socket Layer (SSL) capable  browser,  which allows  the user  to
        select and  approve  their  own  certifying  authority and to use strong
        encryption.

     o  Stand-alone  web server  located at  a secured  site  and backed up with
        redundant  servers  located  in other offshore  jurisdictions.  The  web
        server hosting our system utilizes a closed operating system.

     o  We  intend  to employ a  firewall  and  IP  filter  to  prevent  "active
        attacks".


We have contracts with third-party  organizations that offer  server-collocation
services.  We hope to acquire and maintain the additional premises necessary for
hosting our servers internally.  To ensure sufficient capacity and uninterrupted
service,  it is our  intention  to  have  redundant  facilities  located  at the
different Company operating sites.


We intend to  continue to  evaluate  software  from  third-party  providers  and
developers  that can be customized,  developed and integrated  into our systems.
Where  necessary to meet the diverse needs for integrated  data of our different
operating units,  custom database and web page software may be contracted out to
third-party software developers retained by IFG Systems. The latest hardware and
software  environments  and  development  tools are  intended  to continue to be
utilized.


To ensure the integrity and privacy of client data and  correspondence  over the
Internet,  we utilize the latest  technologies for user  authentication and data
encryption.  We incorporated  Secure Socket Layer  technology into our websites,
which  includes  the use of  digital  certificates  and  public  key  encryption
techniques.   Our  web  servers   utilize   industry   standard  SSL  encryption
capabilities  of  Microsoft  Windows  2000 Web Server to protect  communications
between our client's web browser and our web server. SSL will ensure information
passed between our client's computer and our server is private and confidential.
To enable  SSL  protection,  we have  purchased  digital  certificates  (a small
computer text file that contains  encryption key  information)  from Thawte.com.
Thawte.com verified and confirmed our company's  identity,  and then the digital
certificates were issued to us for enabling SSL encryption  between our client's
web browser and our web server.  The phrase "public key  encryption  techniques"
refers to the  underlying  technology  that SSL compliant web servers  deploy to
protect  information.  This is an industry  standard  feature for most  Internet
websites today. We monitor new developments to ensure that it continues to offer
the highest level of data integrity and privacy.  Beyond using the best security
technologies, we monitor our systems for any possible weaknesses in our security
policies and practices, and for any external threats to our security system.



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                    Registration Statement                   Page 29



                                  [LOGO - IFG]


The Proposed Subsidiaries
- -------------------------

IFG Bank
- --------


Our  objective  is to offer a broad  range of  offshore  banking  and  financial
service products  through  traditional  service  delivery  channels and over the
Internet.  In February 2001, we made  applications for offshore bank licenses in
Belize and St.  Vincent and the  Grenadines.  The Bank Charters  applied for are
commonly referred to as "unrestricted  offshore banking  charters",  which would
authorize  us to conduct a wide range of Banking  activities  with an  unlimited
number of customers and companies so long as annual  reporting  requirements are
met, a minimum capital  requirement is maintained,  and no business is conducted
with residents of the jurisdiction granting the license.


We believe customer convenience,  operating efficiency and reliable access to an
offshore  environment  will  be  the  key  components  of  the  proposed  bank's
operational  strategies.  It is  anticipated  that customers will access banking
services by in-person  consultation  (visiting the bank itself  during  business
hours, or by  pre-arranging a consultation in advance),  telephone or facsimile.
It is also anticipated that banking services will be accessible via the Internet
on a 24-hour a day basis at the websites  www.ifg.com and  www.ifgbank.com.  Our
                                          -----------      ---------------
proposed  banking  services  will not incur the cost of  supporting an extensive
branch system,  which management believes will benefit customers through the IFG
Bank's ability to offer attractive deposit rates. Management believes IFG Bank's
anticipated lower overhead,  customer convenience and ability to provide a broad
choice  of  offshore  financial  services   cost-effectively  through  efficient
delivery systems will give IFG Bank a competitive  advantage over other offshore
banks  and  offshore   financial  service  providers  and  onshore  banks,  both
traditional  and  Internet  based.  The  activities  of IFG Bank are intended to
include,  but will not necessarily be limited to: deposit  taking;  asset backed
loans;  portfolio management;  and issuance of credit cards, debit cards, bonds,
debentures, bank guarantees, letters of credit and numbered accounts.


During 2002,  we intend to obtain a Bank  Charter in one of the world's  leading
offshore  banking  centers,  such as the Cayman Islands,  Bahamas,  Hong Kong or
Switzerland.  However, since these aforementioned jurisdictions require new Bank
Charter applicants to be "existing and established financial  institutions",  we
intend  to  establish  our  initial   primary  Bank   Charters  in   alternative
jurisdictions.   The   jurisdictions   selected  by  management   are  accepting
applications  for new offshore  Bank  Charters and, in  management's  view,  are
considered  stringent in their  capitalization  and management  requirements and
thereby have and will continue to maintain a good reputation within the offshore
banking industry.


There is no guarantee that we, or our subsidiaries will be approved for any Bank
License.


IFG Insurance
- -------------


We intend to establish  during 2002, IFG Insurance,  Inc.,  subsidiaries in both
Bermuda and the Cayman  Islands with the intent of offering  insurance  services
via  traditional   offshore  service  delivery  channels   including   in-person
consultation,  telephone  and  facsimile.  In 2002,  we also  intend to commence
online  insurance  services  activities from our websites located at www.ifg.com
                                                                     -----------
and  www.ifginsurance.com.  Specifically,  life  insurance  and  life  insurance
     --------------------
products  including  annuities  will be offered to our  customers as part of our
comprehensive offshore financial service plan.


We intend to provide full service  offshore  insurance  services via traditional
delivery channels  including  in-person  consultation,  telephone and facsimile.
Through contacting IFG Insurance, clients will be able to find information about
and purchase life insurance  policies and annuities in an offshore  environment.
IFG  Insurance  offices are  intended to provide  in-person  consultations  when
customers prefer to conduct their insurance business  face-to-face.  The website
is intended to provide convenient,  cost-effective and secure discount insurance
services to the growing  number of consumers  using the Internet for  commercial
and financial services. It is intended that customers will be able to access the
IFG  Insurance  web-site  on a 24 hours a day,  7 days a week basis from any PC,
wherever located, by means of a secure Web browser.

Our objective is to offer a limited range of life insurance products.  We do not
intend to incur the cost of supporting an extensive  physical branch system or a
network  of  sales  representatives,  which  management  believes  will  benefit


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                    Registration Statement                   Page 30



                                  [LOGO - IFG]

customers  through  our  ability  to offer  attractive  rates.  The  interactive
Internet website,  when completed,  is intended to effectively reduce the number
of  personnel  traditionally  required to  establish  an  insurance  contract or
policy.  It is anticipated  that clients will be able to select a life insurance
product,  and then fill out all  necessary  information  on-line to receive  the
product.  Overall,  it is expected that the  efficiencies  created  through this
system will allow us to offer very competitive rates. The insurance products and
services  that  we  intend  to  offer  include,  but are not  limited  to,  term
insurance,  permanent  insurance,  Whole Life and Universal  Life,  and variable
other life insurance products.

We intend to  establish  subsidiaries  in both  Bermuda and the Cayman  Islands,
which are globally recognized jurisdictions for offshore insurance products that
also have  very  strong  professional  and  telecommunications  infrastructures.
Outside  London  and New  York,  Hamilton,  Bermuda  offers  the  third  largest
insurance and  reinsurance  market in the world.  Bermuda and the Cayman Islands
also have a wide selection of insurance  management companies that can assist us
in the delivery of our insurance products and services.

We have retained the services of Marsh  Management  Services  (Bermuda)  Ltd., a
large and internationally  recognized insurance management company, to assist it
in  establishing  and  managing  our  insurance  business.  This is  intended to
minimize start up costs associated with our insurance subsidiary, while allowing
us  time to  assess  the  insurance  market  and  establish  our  own  insurance
infrastructure.  Reliance  on the  insurance  management  company is expected to
slowly recede over the first few years of business.

We  initially  intend to rely  heavily on  reinsurance.  This will  assist us in
honoring all of our outstanding  policy claims and provide timely service to our
clients  while  simultaneously  allowing us to allocate  capital to other areas.
Again,  Bermuda  and the Cayman  Islands  offer some of the  strongest  and most
competitive   reinsurance   markets  in  the  world,  so  obtaining   reasonable
reinsurance is not anticipated to be a problem, but is not guaranteed.

There is no  guarantee  that we,  or our  subsidiary  will be  approved  for any
insurance license in Bermuda or the Cayman Islands.












- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                    Registration Statement                   Page 31



                                  [LOGO - IFG]

                                 CORPORATE CHART
        International Financial Group, Inc. Corporate Structure Flowchart


      [ Mr. Kevin Mellor is the sole
       beneficial owner of                         [IFG WORLD HOLDINGS
       International Financial        (arrow to)          TRUST
       Group , Inc.]                                   (BARBADOS)]

                                                       (arrow to)

                                                          100%

      To be Formed (TBF)                  [IFG WORLD HOLDINGS INC. (BARBADOS)]

                                                          100%

                                                       (arrow to)

                                         [International Financial Group, Inc.
                                                    (CAYMAN CORP.)]

                                           (arrows to 1. through 6. and 10.)

[1.IFG Bank, Inc. TBF]  [2.IFG Investment       [3.IFG Insurance, Inc.
                           Services, Inc.             (Bermuda) TBF]
                             (Caymens)]

                            (arrow to 7.)


[4.IFG Trust Services,      [5.IFG Administration      [6.IFG Systems, Inc.
    Inc. (Nevis)                  Inc.                    (Cayman Islands)]
   IFG Trust Services           IFG Corporate
       (IOM)]                     Services, Inc.
                                (Cayman Islands)]
(arrow to 8. and 9.
     and 10)                    (arrow to 11.)

[7.ifgsecurities.com        [8.IFG Investments         [10.IFG Trust Services
(Bahamas), Inc.]              Services Inc.]               (St. Lucia) Inc. and
                            [9.IFG Corporate Inc. and      IFG Trust Services
                              IFG management Inc.]           (Anguilla) Inc.
                                                                 TBF]

[11.ifgcorporate.com,
    ifgmanagement.com, and/or
    ifgholdings.com to be
    formed in up to 40
    jurisdictions]

    (arrow to 12.)


[12.  Incorporations completed to-date:
ifgcorporate.com (Bahamas) Inc.
ifgcorporate.com (Antigua) Inc.
ifgcorporate.com (Seychelles) Inc.
ifgmanagement.com (Turks & Caicos) Limited
ifgmanagement.com (Samoa) Inc.
ifgmanagement.com (BVI) Inc.
ifgmanagement.com (Marshall Islands) Inc.
ifgmarketing.com (Mauritius) Inc.
ifgmanagement.com (Labaun) Inc.
ifgmanagement.com (Barbados) Inc.
ifgmanagement.com (St. Vincent) Inc.
ifgmanagement.com (Jersey) Inc.
ifgcorporate.com (Cook Islands) Inc.
ifgmanagement.com (Aldemey) Limited

ifgcorporate.com (Marshall Islands) Inc.
ifgcorporate.com (Niue) Inc.
ifgcorporate.com (BVI) Inc.
ifgmanagement.com (Anguilla) Inc.
ifgmanagement.com (Vanuatu) Inc.
ifgmanagement.com (Cook Islands) Inc.
ifgmanagment.com (Guemsey) Limited
iommanagement.com (Isle of Man) Limited
ifgmanagement.com (Seychelles) Inc.
ifgmanagement.com (St. Lucia) Inc.
ifgmanagement.com (Gibraltar) Inc.
ifgmanagement.com (Liberia) Inc.
ifgcorporate.com (Hong Kong) Limited
ifgmanagement.com (Ireland)

ifgcorporate.com (Labaun) Inc.
ifgcorporate.com (Panama) Inc.
ifgcorporate.com (Belize) Inc.
ifgmanagement.com (Hong Kong) Limited
ifgmanagement.com (Niue) Inc.
ifgmanagement.com (Panama) Inc.
ifgmanagement.com (Belize) Inc.
ifgmarketing.com (Singapore) Pte Ltd.
ifgmanagement.com (Antigua)
ifgmanagement.com (Grenada) Inc.
ifgmanagement.com (Dom) Limited
ifgholdings.com (Bahamas) Inc.
ifgcorporate.com (Vanuatu) Inc.
ifgcorporate (Isle of Man) Limited]



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                    Registration Statement                   Page 32



                                  [LOGO - IFG]


IFG World Holdings Trust
- ------------------------

IFG World Holdings Trust is a trust established under the laws of Barbados.  The
trustee is Mr.  Harold  Carter.  The trust is for the sole  benefit of Mr. Kevin
Mellor,  the Director and President of International  Financial Group,  Inc. IFG
World Holdings Trust is the sole shareholder of IFG World Holdings Inc.


IFG World Holdings Inc.
- -----------------------

IFG World  Holdings  Inc.  is a  Barbados  corporation  that is the  controlling
shareholder of International Financial Group Inc.


Industry Background
- -------------------

The "offshore  industry" is comprised of those  jurisdictions  and  institutions
outside a person's  home  jurisdiction  that can be used to create an advantage,
financial  or  otherwise,  for an  individual  or a  business.  Some of the more
popular  offshore  jurisdictions  are  the  British  Virgin  Islands,  Barbados,
Bermuda,  Cayman  Islands,  the Federation of St. Kitts and Nevis,  Isle of Man,
Channel  Islands,  and  Switzerland.  The differing  legislative  environment of
different jurisdictions can yield numerous advantages to any person that has the
flexibility to relocate  themselves or a portion of their assets.  Thus,  "going
offshore"  means nothing more than utilizing a jurisdiction  other than ones own
to hold ones  assets  and/or  conduct  business  and  financial  affairs to some
financial or legal advantage.

There are a number of reasons  people and companies  elect to engage an offshore
financial  strategy.  For the most part,  they go  offshore  to protect  assets,
increase flexibility in corporate management,  minimize taxation,  get access to
global investments, and gain testamentary freedom.

While the costs  associated  with  creating and managing an offshore  investment
plan  has  decreased  significantly,  telecommunications  and  particularly  the
Internet have made access to these  services  faster,  easier and more reliable.
Thus,  while reduced costs make going offshore  justifiable to a growing portion
of the  market,  an  increasing  portion  of that  market  also  has  access  to
everything they need to find out about and use these services via the Internet.


Growth of the Internet and Online Commerce
- ------------------------------------------

Internet  usage  and  online  commerce  continue  to  grow  worldwide.  Offshore
Financial USA estimates  that there will be 510 million  people  estimated to be
online by the summer of 2001 and they also predict on-line revenue  collected by
Canadian and  American  companies  by the end of 1999 to be $36.6  billion.  The
Internet financial magazine, The Standard,  quoting Jupiter Research,  estimates
"By 2005, more than half of US households  online - 44 million homes - will bank
on the Internet,  and 34 million  households  will trade  stocks...  As a result
online financial  institutions will have at their disposal more than $5 trillion
in  investable  assets in 2005..." In addition,  The Standard  states,  "neither
traditional  banks nor brokerages  will claim the largest share of those assets.
The bulk of the business will go to firms that provide  multiple  offerings.  In
fact, online financial  institutions that provide only a single service may soon
go the way of the Susan B. Anthony  coin.  Consumers  already  favour  financial
institutions  that provide more than one  service."  Offshore  Finance  Yearbook
states  European  private  banking assets at $5 trillion with worldwide  private
assets estimated to be at $16.6 trillion USD. It is our believe that this growth
can be attributed to many factors, including: a large and growing installed base
of personal computers and other Internet-connected  devices in the workplace and
home;  advances  in  performance  and speed of  personal  computers  and modems;
improvements  in network  security,  infrastructure  and  bandwidth;  easier and
cheaper access to the Internet; and the rapidly expanding availability of online
content and commerce sites.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                    Registration Statement                   Page 33



                                  [LOGO - IFG]


Market Opportunity
- ------------------

Arnold Goldstein,  author of Offshore Havens, states, non-resident bank deposits
in the Caribbean  are  currently in excess of one trillion  dollars USD, up from
just two billion in 1980. The value of offshore  trust  accounts  established by
Americans in the  Caribbean  is in excess of $450 billion  according to Offshore
Finance Canada.

This  tremendous  growth  comes from an  increasing  number of  individuals  and
corporations  that  look to the  international  offshore  marketplace  for asset
protection, testamentary freedom, greater investment returns, tax and succession
planning and increased  confidentiality in business dealings. For example, it is
estimated by Offshore Financial USA that the number of lawsuits filed in the USA
in 1999 were 18 million and the estimated cost of litigation was $300 billion.


Worldwide Internet users demand for online services is growing according to IDC.
According  to Global  Research in March 2001,  there were  estimated to be 453.4
million  Internet  users  worldwide.  The Standard,  quoting  American  Express,
states, one-quarter of online consumers around the world are banking and trading
online - or plan to start soon.  That  number  could jump  sharply if  financial
institutions can ease the fears of the nearly 80 percent of online consumers who
worry about  privacy  and  security on the net.  The  Standard  also quoted that
western  Europe will supply the most new customers to Net banks and  brokerages,
and by 2004 it will lead both sectors.  The U.S. is also expecting strong growth
in online  banking and  trading.  By 2004,  The Standard  estimates  that online
brokerage  customers  worldwide will reach 63.6 million people. Data provided by
Salomon Smith Barney shows online  trading  accounted for 30.5% of all trades on
the NYSE and NASDAQ in the third  quarter of 2000.  We believe that the offshore
and online financial  services  industries will continue to grow. This belief is
supported by six recent trends.


First, global demographic statistics suggest that individuals will be investing,
holding and acquiring unprecedented wealth during the next decade. Large numbers
of "baby boomers" are beginning to invest for their children's education and for
their own retirement. Additionally, it is estimated that these individuals, many
of whom have greater  education,  technical  capabilities and investment choices
than their  parents,  as well as greater  access to  information,  will  inherit
significant  wealth from the previous  generation  during the next decade.  This
represents  the largest  transfer  of wealth in history,  a fact that we believe
will result in - new  consideration  being given to the development of effective
estate plans and asset  protection  strategies,  including  the  utilization  of
offshore financial strategies.

Second, we believe there is an increased need by individuals and corporations to
protect   themselves  and  their  assets  in  today's   increasingly   litigious
environment.  Higher  levels of asset  protection  can be  achieved  through the
utilization of financial  structures and  institutions  in  confidentiality  and
secrecy  bound  offshore  jurisdictions.  Through the use of offshore  financial
structures,  individuals and corporations are better able to protect  themselves
from claims  that may arise from  frivolous  lawsuits,  creditors  and  disputes
arising from marital difficulties.

Third,  investors  are  becoming  more  self-reliant  in the  pursuit  of  their
financial goals in general. They are increasingly willing to acquire information
about,  and an understanding  of,  investments,  trusts,  corporations and other
offshore  products and services and have become  increasingly  sophisticated and
knowledgeable  about these  products  and  services.  Access to a broad range of
financial  information  and advice has  decreased  the  necessity  for  hands-on
banking advice, brokerage advice, trust expertise, insurance expertise and other
professional financial assistance.

Fourth,  consumers  have  expanded  their access to powerful,  yet  inexpensive,
computer technology and are becoming more comfortable with and proficient in the
use of this  technology.  The Internet  delivers  information  that  facilitates
inexpensive  communication  of data  and,  therefore,  independent  "E-commerce"
transactions have been growing at an accelerating rate. In short, we believe the
Internet is producing thousands of new cyber-investors  every day. Investors are
increasingly making their own decisions about their financial future and tend to
seek flexibility and efficiency in execution of these independent transactions.

Fifth, the Internet and advanced telecommunication systems have allowed banking,
brokerage,  insurance and offshore  corporate and trust products and services to
be offered  from any place in the world to  customers  located  any place in the
world.  Thus,  in most cases,  dealing  with an offshore  financial  account has


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                    Registration Statement                   Page 34



                                  [LOGO - IFG]

become as  convenient  as dealing with the bank down the street.  Customers  may
access their financial  empire merely by dialing up a local telephone number and
logging on by computer through a user name and password. From the access screen,
they can ascertain  information  regarding  their deposits,  stock quotes,  view
their positions,  execute orders,  change orders,  purchase products and deposit
and  withdraw  funds.  Orders are routed  electronically  either to members of a
particular market or off-market  facilities that match orders submitted directly
from brokerages.

Finally,  we believe that the technology for on-line  transactions has developed
to a stage where  customers  can be  virtually  assured  complete  security  and
confidentiality. New and sophisticated cryptographic systems have been developed
that  assures all  information  transmitted  between a given client and offshore
service is completely protected.  Further, we hope this new technology will give
new  consumers   confidence   that  their   deposits  will  be  protected   from
technological espionage.

Management  believes  these  trends will assure  continued  growth in the use of
offshore financial  strategies,  and particularly  offshore financial strategies
that are accessible via the Internet.


Marketing Strategy
- ------------------


Our marketing  strategy  focuses on creating value for their clients through the
utilization of offshore asset  protection and investment  strategies.  We market
our    full-service    division    primarily    through    the    use    of    a
telemarketing/fax/email-based  Professional  Referral Program,  and we intend to
place  advertisements  in offshore  trade  publications.  We market our discount
Internet-based  services  primarily  through the registration of our websites in
popular Internet search engines and  directories.  We have focused our marketing
campaign on asset protection opportunities for potential clients, cost-effective
full line of offshore financial services, available in both bundled and separate
formats.  IFG Trust and APIIP are registered with the following search engines:

     o    AOL Search
     o    Alta Vista
     o    DirectHit
     o    Google
     o    HotBot
     o    Lycos
     o    MSN
     o    Netscape
     o    Open Directory


We market our full service offshore  financial  products and services  primarily
through a  telemarketing/fax/email-based  Professional Referral Program directed
at lawyers,  accountants  and investment  advisors.  The  Professional  Referral
Program  has been  developed  to  introduce  the Company  and our  products  and
services to those professional  advisors who may have clients that would benefit
through the utilization of offshore strategies. We then work with the client and
the  professional  advisor to develop and implement an  individualized  offshore
financial strategy. We also intend to promote our full service divisions through
the placement of  advertisements,  aimed at  professional  advisors,  in popular
offshore industry trade publications.

We market our discount  Internet-based  offshore financial products and services
exclusively  through the Internet.  We maintain  numerous websites from which we
provide a wide  variety of offshore  financial  products and  services.  We have
registered   these  websites  with  Internet  search  engines  and  directories.
Forrester  Research  estimates  that over 50% of  consumers  who use  e-commerce
websites find these sites through the utilization of Internet search engines and
directories.

We market our offshore  financial  products and services to the following target
markets:

     o  Professionals  and  entrepreneurs  who  are subject  to a high degree of
        potential  legal  liability  in  the course of their  profession such as
        lawyers,  doctors and business owners;
     o  Individuals  looking  for asset  protection  and  additional  freedom in
        estate and succession planning;


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                    Registration Statement                   Page 35



                                  [LOGO - IFG]

     o  Businesses that market and sell products internationally; and
     o  High  and  middle-income  market  individuals and business entities with
        liquid  assets in excess of $100,000.00 or assets  that lend  themselves
        to offshore strategies.

Our  marketing  campaign  focuses  on the  asset  protection  opportunities  for
potential clients to utilize the cost effective full line of offshore  financial
services that are available in both bundled and separate  formats.  The campaign
addresses new  opportunities  for  potential  clients to protect their assets in
multiple offshore jurisdictions. Through the utilization of advanced proprietary
technology,  we have been able to substantially reduce the costs associated with
establishing and managing an offshore  financial plan, and as such, we highlight
this cost saving opportunity. Our marketing campaign also focuses on our ability
to deliver a full range of both bundled and separate offshore financial products
and services including investments, trust and corporate services.


It is our  objective  to gain a leading  position as a provider of offshore  and
Internet-based  financial  products and  services by combining  confidentiality,
technology, innovation, convenience, service and value. Our marketing strategies
to accomplish this goal will include:


     o  Continuing  to broaden our  products  and  services  line  of  financial
        services to include offshore banking and insurance;
     o  Continuing  to increase  the number of offshore jurisdictions from which
        we offers services;
     o  Continuing  to apply advanced  and  Internet-based  technologies  in the
        delivery  of cost-effective  offshore  financial products and  services;
        and,
     o  Continuing  to employ offshore  financial  professionals  with expertise
        in law, banking, insurance and investments.



Revenues
- --------

We currently are able to generate revenues from the following sources:

     o    Investment management, security transactions and related fees;
     o    Establishment of trust, trustee services and related fees;
     o    Consulting  fees  relating  to  capital  acquisition   activities  for
          clients; and,
     o    Incorporation, administration, management and related fees.

We  intend  to  generate  fees  from the  following  sources,  once our bank and
insurance subsidiaries are established:

     o    Banking and associated fees; and
     o    Insurance premiums and related fees.



Business Strategy
- -----------------

Main Objectives
- ---------------

Our business  strategy has been developed by management to achieve the following
corporate objectives:

     o  To  create   shareholder   value   by  being  a  leading    provider  of
        comprehensive offshore financial services;

     o  To attain  the highest market share  penetration possible, by delivering
        both   bundled  and  separate   offshore   financial   services  through
        full-service  traditional  delivery channels and discount Internet-based
        channels;

     o  To provide  a confidential  and  secure  environment  for our clients to
        conduct  their  offshore  financial  affairs  with  a  focus   on  asset
        protection;

     o  To  utilize  the latest  Internet-based  technologies  to  ensure   cost
        effective and convenient  provision  of  our offshore financial products
        and services on a global basis;


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                    Registration Statement                   Page 36



                                  [LOGO - IFG]
     o  To provide prompt, reliable, efficient and professional service;

     o  To  provide  reliability  in offshore financial planning by establishing
        redundancy; and,

     o  To  maintain an exceptional  reputation in  the  international  offshore
        financial  industry  by  satisfying  all  local  anti-money   laundering
        regulatory requirements.


Full and Discount Products and Services
- ---------------------------------------

We currently  provide full service  offshore  investment,  trust,  corporate and
management  services,  and in the future will incorporate  banking and insurance
services,    through   traditional   delivery   channels   including   in-person
consultation,  telephone,  facsimile,  courier and mail.  Through contacting the
Company,  clients are able to interact with our offshore experts on a one-to-one
basis in a confidential  environment.  Our offices in the Cayman Islands and St.
Kitts and Nevis  provide  facilities  to conduct  in-person  consultations  when
customers  prefer to  conduct  their  business  face-to-face.  Clients  may also
contact us via  telephone,  facsimile,  mail and courier,  provided the customer
pre-approves this type of order communication and provides an account number and
password.  All of these service  channels are currently  available  during North
American market hours.


In May 2001, we intend to  use proprietary technologies,  to commence  providing
online  discount  offshore  financial  services  from our  websites  located  at
www.ifg.com and www.apiip.com.  The services currently provided via the Internet
- -----------     -------------
include:  investments,  trust,  corporate and  management  services  activities,
available in separate and bundled  formats.  Through our  websites,  clients are
able to establish and manage  offshore trust and corporate  structures.  We also
intend  to offer  discount  offshore  banking  and  insurance  services  via the
Internet,  once  corporate  and  technical  infrastructure  are in place.  These
Internet-based  services  are  provided in a  confidential  and secure  offshore
environment 24 hours a day, seven days a week, 365 days a year.  Further,  it is
intended   that  these   services  will  be  offered  from  up  to  30  offshore
jurisdictions  worldwide,   allowing  clients  the  ability  to  chose  whatever
jurisdiction  best  suits  their own  particular  offshore  financial  needs and
preferences.   Today's  investor  demands  confidentiality,   asset  protection,
investment alternatives and ease of access to assets.


We offer our offshore  financial  products and services both  separately  and in
bundled   formats.   By  offering   clients  the  convenience  of  a  "one-stop"
comprehensive  offshore financial service option, we create a number of internal
efficiencies in the delivery of our products and services.

Confidential and Secure Environment
- -----------------------------------

There is no denying that  confidentiality is a principal  motivation behind many
decisions to initiate an offshore  financial  plan.  Thus, we have  developed an
infrastructure  which is intended  to allow  clients  autonomy in  establishing,
modifying and managing their offshore financial plan, while hopefully minimizing
the number of individuals  required to receive and process client  requests.  We
have developed a comprehensive  internal  confidentiality  policy,  which guides
each employee in respect of confidentiality.  Moreover, each Company employee is
specifically  trained and informed in their  respective  jurisdiction's  privacy
legislation,  and any  violations  are intended to be  prosecuted to the fullest
extent of the law. Most offshore  jurisdictions make it an offense,  and in some
jurisdictions  a criminal  offense,  for any  offshore  provider  or employee to
divulge  any  information  regarding a client to anyone  unless  ordered to by a
court of competent jurisdiction.

The global corporate  infrastructure  of the Company allows clients to establish
and manage their offshore financial plan to include the use of multiple offshore
jurisdictions in an efficient and timely manner. This allows for multiple layers
of  confidentiality  protection in each individual  financial  plan,  while also
providing  portfolio  diversification,   and  a  maximization  of  international
regulatory  benefits.  For  example,  a client is able to  establish an offshore
trust in the Isle of Man, which owns an offshore  company in Barbados,  which in
turn has funds  invested in the Cayman  Islands or on deposit in St. Vincent and
The Grenadines.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                    Registration Statement                   Page 37



                                  [LOGO - IFG]

Our  Internet-based  systems have been designed to maximize  client ease of use,
while  at the  same  time  clients  allowing  the  opportunity  to  contact  our
representatives  directly  should they choose to do so. It is our  intention for
clients to  establish  corporations  and  trusts,  and manage  their  investment
portfolio in a secure and confidential on-line offshore environment. In the near
future, we intend to incorporate on-line offshore banking and insurance services
into our existing secure Internet-based technology  infrastructure,  and thereby
making it possible to establish and manage bank accounts, and purchase insurance
from any  computer  terminal in the world  connected to the  Internet.  Provided
transactions do not violate anti-money laundering legislation, it is anticipated
that they can be performed through automation.

It is our intention to utilize  Internet-based  technologies that use the latest
in security measures, including, but not limited to, those described below:

     o  Our systems  will employ  a  password  entry system to attempt to assure
        that  no unauthorized  users are allowed access  to our system.  Clients
        select a "user name" and "password,"  which  must be  correctly  entered
        each time they attempt to access our systems.

     o  To support  strong  encryption,  users of  our system  are  required  to
        utilize  a SSL  capable  browser,  which  allows  the user to select and
        approve their own certifying authority and to use strong encryption.

     o  Stand-alone  web server  located at  a secured  site and backed  up with
        redundant  servers  located in  other offshore  jurisdictions.  The  web
        server hosting our system utilizes a closed operating system.

     o  We intend  to  employ a  firewall  and  IP  filter  to  prevent  "active
        attacks".


Cost Effective and Convenient Service
- -------------------------------------

Through the use of the latest  advanced and  Internet-based  technologies we are
attempting  to provide cost  effective and  convenient  services of our offshore
financial  products  on  a  global  basis.   Through  our  unique  advanced  and
Internet-based   technologies  and  by  the  cost  efficiencies  gained  through
providing a  comprehensive  bundled package of offshore  financial  products and
services,  we are able to offer our  clients a more  cost-effective  method  for
moving  their  affairs  offshore.  We believe the use of the Internet by clients
makes access to offshore  strategies more  affordable,  efficient and accessible
than ever before.  On-line  operating  efficiencies  such as a minimal  physical
branch system and automatic record keeping and transaction processing reduce our
day-to-day  operating costs. These savings, in turn, allow us to offer more cost
competitive offshore products and services.

We offer clients the convenience of managing their offshore financial affairs in
either a full-service or discount Internet-based  environment.  Our full-service
offerings  enable  clients the  convenience  of dealing with their  professional
advisors on an individual  basis.  Our discount  Internet-based  offerings allow
clients the  convenience  of managing  their  offshore  financial  plan, via the
Internet,  24 hours of each day from  virtually  any  Internet-enabled  computer
system in the world


Prompt, Reliable, Efficient and Professional Service
- ----------------------------------------------------

We intend to continue to attract and retain leading offshore  financial services
professionals.  Our management team and staff are comprised of individuals  with
extensive  education and  experience  in law,  taxation,  banking,  investments,
insurance,  trusts,  and  corporate  services.  Due to the  highly  complex  and
demanding nature of our business activities,  and the sophisticated needs of our
clients,  it will be essential for us to continue to maintain this high level of
professionalism.






- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                    Registration Statement                   Page 38



                                  [LOGO - IFG]


Reliability Through Redundancy
- ------------------------------

We have  established  redundancy in two areas.  First,  we have, or are applying
for, licenses authorizing us to conduct bank, investment,  insurance, trust, and
CSP activities in more than one jurisdiction.  This redundancy  hopefully allows
us to react to changing international and domestic legislation,  and provide our
clients with an alternative offshore jurisdiction where required.

Second,  our discount  Internet-based  offshore services intend to use a primary
and secondary network system. Thus, if the primary server experiences  technical
problems with our telecommunications  infrastructure,  the secondary server will
automatically assume  responsibility for maintaining our websites and databases.
We feel this is an  essential  element in the  provision  of offshore  financial
services,  since it is absolutely critical that each customer have 100% reliable
access to all their offshore financial affairs.


Reputation
- ----------

We are committed to upholding anti-money laundering laws in the jurisdictions in
which  we  operates  and,  therefore,  has  initiated  stringent  due  diligence
standards  to ensure  relevant  legislation  is not offended and that client due
diligence  requirements  are  satisfied.  We recognize  the  importance  of such
legislation  in the  prevention  of crime  and  joins  with all  other  offshore
providers in sharing this responsibility.


Competition
- -----------

We compete with numerous  established offshore service providers in the offshore
financial  industry.   These  competitors  currently  includes  banks,  offshore
investment  firms,  trust  companies,   and  corporate  and  management  service
providers.  As we expand our products and services offered it is assumed we will
also  compete with  offshore  banks,  insurance  companies,  and other  business
entities that provide offshore financial  products and services.  We expect such
competition  to continue  and  intensify  in the  future.  We expect many of our
competitors will have significantly greater financial,  technical, marketing and
other resources than the Company.

There  exists  a number  of well  established,  and in some  cases  much  better
capitalized,   competitors  in  both  traditional  and  online   securities  and
investment  services in the offshore  venue.  These  include many  companies and
financial services  endeavors with single offices.  We will be entering an arena
with well practiced, and in many instances well financed,  competitors. While we
believe that we will eventually  establish a position within this market,  there
is no guarantee that our efforts will be successful.

Current competitors of our offshore investment  services  subsidiaries  include,
but are not limited to, Merrill Lynch,  Morgan Stanley,  First Nevisian,  Cayman
National  Securities,  Smith Barney,  SEGOES,  www.offshoretrading.com,  Freedom
Trade,  E-Trade,  www.schwab.com,  Insinger Trust,  Trident Trust, Royal Bank of
Scotland,  Atlas  Private  Trust  and  Fiduciary  Trust,   www.globaltrusts.com,
www.guardiantrustees.com,  www.henley-partner.com,  pishon-trust-management.com,
www.corporate-premier.com,   HWR  Services  and  Caribbean   Management,   Codan
Management,  Morningstar,  Insad,  Sovereign Group,  OCRA,  Worldwide,  Offshore
Corporate Services,  www.corporate.com,  www.123ezcorp.com,  Barclays Bank, UBS,
Royal Bank of Canada,  ING Bank and Cayman  National  Bank,  www.fsharpbank.com,
www.bayshorebank.com,    www.providentbelize.com,    www.paritatebank.com    and
www.hsbc.com  Prudential  Insurance,  London Life, Lloyds of London The Guardian
and Northern Life Insurance,  I-Quote,  www.budgetlife.com,  www.quotesmith.com,
www.cheap-life-insurance.com and www.interlinx.com.

All these current and potential  competitors may be able to respond more quickly
to new or changing opportunities, technologies and customer requirements than we
and may be able to undertake more extensive promotional  activities,  offer more
attractive  terms to customers and adopt more aggressive  pricing  policies than
the Company. Moreover, current and potential competitors have established or may
establish  cooperative  relationships  among themselves or with third parties to
enhance their services and products. We cannot guarantee that new competitors or
alliances among competitors will not emerge, and these competitors may acquire a
significant  market share of the offshore  financial  industry.  There can be no
assurance  that we will be able to compete  effectively  with  current or future


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                    Registration Statement                   Page 39



                                  [LOGO - IFG]

competitors  or that  the  competitive  pressures  faced  by us will  not have a
material  adverse  affect on our  business,  financial  condition  and operating
results.


GOVERNMENT REGULATION


The Company
- -----------

In conducting  various  aspects of our  business,  we will be subject to various
laws and regulations within each jurisdiction in which we operate.

We will be engaged in marketing  financial  products and services from the up to
30  jurisdictions.  As a result, we are bound to uphold all local laws including
those laws  related to the business of selling  financial  products and services
and all local money laundering  laws.  Failure to comply with any of these laws,
rules or regulations could result in censure, fine, incarceration, revocation of
work  permits,  the issuance of  cease-and-desist  orders or the  suspension  or
expulsion of the our officers or employees from certain countries,  any of which
could have a material adverse affect on our ability to carry on business,  which
would,  in turn, have a material  adverse affect on our financial  condition and
operating  results  and,  therefore,  the  prospect of an  investor's  return of
capital invested in the Company.

It is our  intent to expand  our  business  to a number  of  offshore  financial
centers.  In  order  to  expand  our  services  globally,  we must  comply  with
regulatory  rules and  regulation of each specific  country in which we conducts
business,  which may include finding qualified professionals and business people
capable of providing correspondent services. The varying compliance requirements
of these different regulatory jurisdictions may also limit our ability to expand
internationally.

We eventually  intend to conduct a significant  portion of our business  through
the  Internet  and other  electronic  media and intend to expand our use of such
media. To date, the use of the Internet to conduct  financial  transactions  has
been  relatively  free  from  regulatory   restraints.   However,  a  number  of
governments,   including  the  United  States,  are  beginning  to  address  the
regulatory  issues  that may  arise  in  connection  with  use of the  Internet.
Accordingly, there can be no assurance that these authorities will not adopt new
regulations  (or  interpret  their  existing   regulations)  in  a  manner  that
constrains  our  ability to  transact  business  through  the  Internet or other
electronic media. Any additional regulation of our use of electronic media could
render  our  business  or  operations  more  costly,   less  efficient  or  even
impossible,  any of which  could have a material  adverse  affect our  business,
financial condition and operating results.

In  addition  to  the  above  risks,  we  cannot  assess  the  effect  that  the
Organization for Economic  Cooperation and  Development,  the United Nations and
the G7 countries initiatives will have upon the offshore financial industry and,
in  particular,  the  jurisdictions  that we will carry on  business  in and our
proposed clients.


IFG Bank
- --------

With  respect to  obtaining  bank  licenses to carry on the business of offshore
banking, a typical  requirement of offshore  jurisdictions is to demand from the
applicant that they  capitalize  the bank with a statutory  amount of capital as
stipulated by that jurisdictions government. These capital requirements can take
the form of  unencumbered  and encumbered  capital.  The latter would need to be
placed by the applicant  into a deposit  account with the  government.  The bank
would not be permitted to use such funds while in operation.

We have applied for a Class I bank license from the  Government  of St.  Vincent
and will be subject to the following net capital requirements:

     o  Maintain  a fully paid-up  capital of not less than $500,000 USD, or its
        equivalent  in  another  currency,  or such  greater  sum  as  the local
        authority may reasonably determine appropriate; and,


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                    Registration Statement                   Page 40



                                  [LOGO - IFG]

     o  Deposit or  invest the sum of $100,000 USD or its equivalent  in another
        currency,  in  such a manner  as  the  local  authority  may  reasonable
        prescribe.

We have  applied for a Class A bank license  from the  Government  of Belize and
will be subject to the following net capital requirement:

     o  Maintains  a fully  paid-up  capital  of not less than  $500,000 USD, or
        its equivalent in another  currency,  or such  greater sum  as the local
        authority may reasonably determine appropriate.

Each of these  jurisdictions  will allow the bank to carry on banking activities
with  non-residents  only.  Carrying on banking activities with residents of the
jurisdiction is strictly prohibited.


The proposed banks will also be subject to various other regulatory requirements
including but note limited to:  competency of Directors and Officers;  obtaining
errors and omission insurance;  obtaining Directors and Officers insurance; and,
Know Your Client  Rules.  Know Your Client Rules are defined by us to mean rules
that are  designed to identify  the client and their  source of funds to satisfy
anti-money  laundering  legislation  enacted by the countries we operate within.
Generally, these rules are satisfied by obtaining the following from the client:
certified copy of his/her  passport;  professional  references;  bank reference;
utility  statement;  and, written  representation  as to the source of the funds
transferred by the client.



IFG Investment Services
- -----------------------

The IFG Investment  services  subsidiaries will be subject to various regulatory
requirements  including,  competency  of  Directors  and  Officers,  net capital
requirements,  obtaining Errors and Omissions insurance, obtaining Directors and
Officers Liability insurance and Know Your Client Rules.


IFG Insurance
- -------------

Our proposed  insurance  subsidiary,  IFG  Insurance,  Inc.,  will be subject to
capital  requirements  to ensure that we can sustain a certain  degree of losses
and that we are  properly  capitalized.  We intend  to  provide  life  insurance
products that typically  demand (at the ultimate  discretion of the  responsible
authority)   that  we  have   $250,000  USD  in  minimum   capital  and  surplus
requirements.  In  addition,  some  jurisdictions  will  demand that we maintain
adequate  levels of Error and Omission  and  Directors  and  Officers  Liability
insurance as well as adhere to Know Your Client Rules.


IFG Trust Services
- ------------------

In each jurisdiction  where management  determines it is practicable to obtain a
trust  license,  our  trust  subsidiaries  may be  subject  to  various  capital
requirements  from each  respective  jurisdiction  to ensure that it is properly
capitalized.  We estimate that the typical paid in capital  requirement will not
exceed  $250,000 USD per  jurisdiction.  In addition,  some  jurisdictions  will
demand that we maintain  adequate levels of Error and Omission and Directors and
Officers Liability insurance and adhere to Know Your Client Rules.


IFG Corporate Services
- ----------------------

In each jurisdiction  where management  determines it is practicable to obtain a
CSP license, our CSP subsidiaries may be subject to various capital requirements
from each respective jurisdiction to ensure that it is properly capitalized.  We
estimate that the typical paid in capital requirement for CSP jurisdictions will
not exceed $250,000 USD per jurisdiction.  In many cases, local regulations only
require  such   capitalization   to  be  demonstrated   through  corporate  bank
statements,  and such funds can be  encumbered  by more than one  jurisdiction's
capitalization  requirement and can be used in the operation of the business. In


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                    Registration Statement                   Page 41



                                  [LOGO - IFG]

addition a particular  jurisdiction will demand that we maintain adequate levels
of Error and Omission and  Directors and Officers  Liability  insurance and Know
Your Client Rules.


Facilities, Equipment and Systems
- ---------------------------------

Offices
- -------

We operate our head office from Grand Pavilion Commercial Centre,  Grand Cayman,
Cayman Islands. This space is being utilized for our worldwide headquarters, and
is also the  headquarters for IFG Investment  Services and IFG Systems.  We have
entered  into a  two-year  triple  net lease at an  estimated  annual  rental of
approximately $40,000 USD.

We have leased space in The  Federation of St Kitts & Nevis,  West Indies.  This
space is utilized as IFG Trust Services,  IFG Investments  Services (Nevis), IFG
Corporate and IFG Management headquarters in Nevis, West Indies. We have entered
into  discussions  with the Landlord to take the space for an additional year at
approximately 15,000 USD for one year.

The head office for IFG Bank,  Inc. is anticipated to be located in St. Vincent.
We intend to lease  office  space in St.  Vincent or Belize for the two proposed
operating subsidiaries of IFG Bank, Inc. Our estimates are that the leased space
in either jurisdiction will not exceed $48,000 per year.


Computer Hardware
- -----------------


We have  installed  all  necessary  computer  hardware  and systems  required to
operate our Internet based offshore  financial  services system with third-party
organizations  that offer web-hosting  services.  We may eventually  acquire and
maintain  all  the  additional   premises  necessary  for  hosting  our  servers
internally.  To ensure sufficient capacity and uninterrupted  service, we intend
to provide  redundant  facilities  that are located at our  different  operating
sites.



Computer Software
- -----------------

We have either  developed or licensed  all the  necessary  proprietary  computer
software  required to operate our  Internet-based  offshore  financial  services
systems.  For purposes of future  computer  software  development,  we intend to
evaluate  software  from  third-party  providers  that  can  be  customized  and
integrated  into our  system.  Where  necessary  to meet the  diverse  needs for
integrated data of the different  Company's  operating units,  customer database
and web page software will be  contracted  to software  developers  hired by the
Company.  The latest hardware and software  environments  and development  tools
will be utilized.


Security
- --------

We have placed a heavy  emphasis on security for our main  physical  branches of
operations and our Internet-based online systems. We believe all of our existing
offices are of extremely solid construction. It is anticipated that we will make
it a priority that all future offices will be the same.  Further, as our initial
client base  expands,  it is  anticipated  that the  services of a "bonded"  and
well-known  local security  company will be employed to monitor each head office
during regular  business hours.  In the case of the proposed bank  subsidiaries,
such security will be employed to monitor the bank's physical office during both
business and non-business hours.

To ensure the integrity and privacy of client data and  correspondence  over the
Internet of our on-line  service,  we will utilize the latest  technologies  for
user  authentication  and data encryption.  We have  incorporated  Secure Socket
Layer  technology  into  our  websites,   which  includes  the  use  of  digital
certificates  and public key  encryption  techniques.  We intend to monitor  new
developments  to ensure  that we  continue  to offer the  highest  level of data


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                    Registration Statement                   Page 42



                                  [LOGO - IFG]

integrity and privacy.  Beyond using the best security technologies,  we monitor
our systems for any possible  weaknesses in our security  policies and practices
and for any external threats to our security system.


MANAGEMENT

The  daily  affairs  of the  Company  are  under  the  direction  of its  senior
management:  Mr.  Kevin  Mellor,  President,  Mr.  Daniel  MacMullin,  Sr.  Vice
President  of  Trust  Services,   and  Mr.  Anthony  Chan,  Sr.  Vice  President
Technology.

The directors,  officers and senior management of International  Financial Group
Inc. are as follows:



Name                     Age                 Position                              Residency          Term as Director
- ----                     ---                 --------                              ---------          ----------------
                                                                                              
Mr. Kevin Mellor         40     President and Chair of the Board*  Director*     Cayman Islands           1 year
Mr. Harold Carter        55                                        Director*     St. George, Barbados     9 months
Mr. Roman Kostiw         43                                        Director*     Toronto, Canada          1 month
Mr. Drew Parker          42                                        Director*     Vancouver, Canada        1 month
Mr. John Rayner          57                                        Director*     Hamilton, Bermuda        5 months
Mr. Vernon Veira         45                                        Director*     Basseterre, St. Kitts    9 months
Mr. Anthony Chan         26     Sr. Vice President, Technology                   Vancouver, Canada
Mr. Daniel MacMullin     40     Sr. Vice President, Trust Services               Nevis, BWI
Ms Catherine Rublack     39     Vice President, Administration     Director      Cayman Islands           4 months
Mr. Peter Smith          30     Vice President                                   Ottawa, Canada
Ms. Shannon Sylvestre    38     Vice President, Investment Services              Cayman Islands



*Directors of International Financial Group, Inc.


Key Personnel Qualifications
- ----------------------------

Mr. Kevin Mellor received his Bachelor of Administration  from the University of
Regina,  Canada  in 1983  and  his  Bachelor  of Laws  from  the  University  of
Saskatchewan,  Canada in 1990.  Mr.  Mellor  received his  Chartered  Accountant
(Canada)  designation  in 1986 and became a Barrister  &  Solicitor  (Canada) in
1991. Mr. Mellor has extensive litigation  experience in the Tax Court of Canada
and  the  Federal  Court  of  Appeal   (Canada).   Mr.  Mellor  practiced  as  a
corporate/commercial lawyer with his preferred area of practice in taxation. Mr.
Mellor's professional experience includes being an auditor for the Government of
Saskatchewan  and a member of the National Hockey League Players  Association in
his  capacity as a players'  agent.  Mr.  Mellor has for the past five (5) years
been a partner in the law firm Mellor & Anderson.  Mr. Mellor has not previously
been a director of a reporting company.


Mr. Harold Carter received his Bachelor of Arts (Hons) degree, Certified General
Accountant (CGA) designation and Associate of the Chartered Institute of Bankers
(ACIB) from the  University  of West Indies.  Between 1968 and 1988,  Mr. Carter
managed a number of retail  branches of Barclay's Bank,  eventually  going on to
act as Manager and Secretary for the Barclay's Financial Corporation of Barbados
Ltd.  in 1988 and  1989.  Mr.  Carter  acted  as the  Managing  Director  of the
Barclay's  Financial  Corporation of Barbados Ltd. from 1989 to 1998. Mr. Carter
has also  acted as a member of the  Barbados  Police  Services  Commission.  Mr.
Carter has not previously been a director of a reporting company.

Mr. Roman Kostiw received his Bachelor of Arts in Economics & Criminal  Behavior
from  York   University  in  1979.   Mr.   Kostiw  has  passed  his   Registered
Representatives   Examinations  (1980);   Licensed  for  Options,   Commodities,
Financial  Futures and Mutual  Funds  (1980-1981);  Canadian  Securities  Course
(1980);  Canadian  Investment  Management  Parts  I and  II  leading  to  C.I.M.
(Certified  Investment Managers Designation  1992-1993);  Designated  Registered
Options  Principals Exam  (D.R.O.P.)  (1993);  Branch  Managers  Qualifying Exam
(1993);  Partners Directors Officers Exam (1993). Mr. Kostiw worked with Midland
Doherty Limited; Toronto Dominion Bank (Green Line Investor Service); The Canada
Trust  Company;  The  Investment  Dealers  Association  of  Canada;   securities
consultant to Credit Suisse  Canada,  Toronto Stock  Exchange,  Nesbitt  Thomson
Inc.,  CIBC  Securities  and  Midland  Walwyn  Inc;  Altramira  Management  Ltd.
(Director of Compliance); The Corporate Group; C.M. Oliver Financial Corporation
(Ethics, Practices & Compliance).  Mr. Kostiw has not previously been a director
of a reporting company.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                    Registration Statement                   Page 43


                                  [LOGO - IFG]

Dr. Drew Parker is an  Associate  Professor  of  Information  Technology  in the
Faculty  of  Business  Administration  at Simon  Fraser  University  in  British
Columbia.  He has taught,  delivered  presentations and consulted extensively in
the Information Systems and Telecommunications area. He has worked with Internet
business issues for over a decade.  Dr. Parker received his Bachelor of Commerce
and Masters in Business Administration from the University of Calgary in Alberta
and his Ph.D. from the Ivey School of Business  Administration at the University
of Western  Ontario.  Mr.  Parker was  appointed  to the position of Director in
March 2001.  Dr. Parker was a director of a reporting company, Denmans.com.  Dr.
Parker resigned as Director January 2001 from Denmans.com.

Mr. John  Rayner  worked at a number of  insurance  companies  and  institutions
including  Prudential  Assurance  Company  (UK),  American  International  Group
(Bermuda),  and Argus Conning (Bermuda) between 1966 and 1984. Mr. Rayner's past
insurance industry  experience  includes  feasibility  studies,  profit testing,
reinsurance, statutory and CAAP valuations,  underwriting and many other aspects
of life and health  insurance.  In 1984, he established an actuarial  consulting
firm, Abbott Associates,  where Mr. Rayner is currently the sole proprietor. Mr.
Rayner is a member of the American Academy of Actuaries and of the International
Actuarial Association and is an associate of the Society of Actuaries (USA). Mr.
Rayner  has also  attained  the  designation  of Fellow  with the  Institute  of
Actuaries (UK). Mr. Rayner has not been a public director of a reporting company
in North  America or Europe.  However,  Mr. Rayner has been a director of public
Caribbean companies.

Mr.  Vernon  Veira  received  his  Bachelor  of  Laws  from La  Salle  Extension
University  (Canada) in 1980 and received his LEC from Norman  Manley Law School
in Kingston,  Jamaica.  During 1983 Mr. Veira  established  his own law firm and
acted as Crown Counsel for the  Government  of St  Kitts-Nevis.  Mr. Veira,  has
maintained his law practice and now practices,  as the senior partner in the law
firm of Veira,  Grant &  Associates  as a  corporate/commercial  lawyer with his
preferred area of practice in offshore  corporate/commercial law. Mr. Veira is a
member  of the  St.  Kitts-Nevis  Bar  Association  and  the  International  Bar
Association  and is a former Member of  Parliament in St. Kitts.  Mr. Veira is a
director of a public company named DotCom 2000.


Mr. Anthony Chan received his Bachelor of Business  Administration and Master of
Business  Administration from Simon Fraser University,  Canada in 1997 and 1999.
His professional  experience includes providing technical expertise in launching
a post-graduate  online education program at Simon Fraser  University.  Mr. Chan
has been  teaching  in the  faculty  of  business  administration  and school of
computing  science at Simon  Fraser  University  since  1999.  Mr.  Chan has not
previously been a director of a reporting company.

Mr. Daniel MacMullin received his Bachelor of Arts degree from the University of
Saskatchewan, Canada in 1989 and his Bachelor of Laws Degree from the University
of  Saskatchewan,  Canada in 1992. Mr.  MacMullin became a Barrister & Solicitor
(Canada) in 1993 with his  preferred  area of practice  being  criminal law. Mr.
MacMullin  has also  served with the  Canadian  Armed  Forces as a  commissioned
officer from 1978 to 1981 and in the Royal  Canadian  Mounted Police (RCMP) from
1982 to 1988.  Mr.  MacMullin  is also a  member  of the  Saskatchewan  Criminal
Defense Bar. For the past five years,  Mr.  MacMullin  has been a partner in the
law firm Hawkins & MacMullin.  Mr.  MacMullin has not previously been a director
of a reporting company.

Ms. Catherine Rublack was employed with the Canadian Venture Exchange  (formerly
Vancouver  Stock  Exchange)  for over twelve years prior to joining the Company.
Ms. Rublack held several  management  and  administrative  positions  within the
Exchange with the two most recent  positions being Manager,  President's  Action
Line and  Manager,  Administration.  Ms.  Rublack has  completed  and passed her
Canadian  Securities Course and the Conduct and Practices  Handbook  examination
for  Registered  Representatives.  Ms. Rublack has also  successfully  completed
other Canadian  securities  related courses and  University-level  classes.  Ms.
Rublack has not previously been a director of a reporting company.

Mr. Pete Smith  recently  attained  his Bachelor of Law from the  University  of
British  Columbia  in 1999.  He  received  a  Masters  of  Criminology  from the
University  of  Cambridge  in 1997  (firsts),  and a Bachelor of Arts from Simon
Fraser  University in 1995.  Since May of 1999, Mr. Smith has owned and operated
his own successful  consulting company,  principally doing legal research in the
offshore financial  industry.  Mr. Smith has not previously been a director of a
reporting company.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                    Registration Statement                   Page 44



                                  [LOGO - IFG]


Ms. Shannon Sylvestre,  prior to joining the company, was employed with the MONY
Group  for  five  years.   Ms.   Sylvestre  was   instrumental  in  forming  and
administering  the  offshore  division  for  The  MONY  Group  in  her  role  as
International  Administrator/Marketing  Specialist.  During her tenure with MONY
she achieved her Associate, Insurance Agency Administration, Associate, Customer
Service,  US  Securities  Series  6 and US  Securities  Series 7  licenses.  Ms.
Sylvestre also possesses extensive experience in marketing and promotions.


We have also  retained the services of Mr. Lisle Webster and Ms. Andrea Young to
perform  future  directors  roles of the proposed banks that we have applied for
licenses  under.  Mr. Webster has agreed to be a director for IFG Bank,  Inc. in
St. Vincent and Belize and Ms. Young has agreed to be a director in St. Vincent.

Mr. Lisle Webster's career with Barclays Bank extended over 35 years. He retired
as Senior Offshore Manager,  Barbados Offshore Banking Centre. Since retiring in
1999,  Mr.  Webster  founded  Financial  Solutions  Group  and is  the  majority
shareholder.  Mr. Webster has held several  professional  associations  with the
Institute of Bankers,  London; Canada Barbados Business Association as a Member,
Fund-Raising Chairman and President in 1998-99.

Ms. Andrea J.P.  Young attended the University of West Indies where she attained
her law degree in 1995. Ms. Young continued her education and obtained her Legal
Education  Certificate  from Hugh  Wooding Law School in 1997.  Ms. Young was an
Associate  Attorney with the law firm Dougan & Delves,  Kingstown,  St.  Vincent
from 1997 - 2000.  She is  currently  an  Associate  Attorney  with the law firm
Webster Dyrud Mitchell, Kingstown, St. Vincent.

IFG Bank, Inc. has retained Mr. Andre Lizee of Regina, Canada to consult with us
in his capacity as an "advisory committee member" to the Board of Directors.

Mr. Andre Lizee attended the University of Saskatchewan,  Canada trained in Bank
management  with the Institute of Canadian  Bankers,  and has received trade and
finance  training from Trade Bank, Wells Fargo, and the Hong Kong Shanghai Bank.
Since 1990 Mr.  Lizee has gained  experience  as a bank  manager for the Bank of
Montreal,  Montreal  Trust  and the Hong Kong Bank of  Canada,  as an  associate
Vice-President for Credit Union Central of Saskatchewan, and as President of the
2020 Business advisory Corporation,  a title he currently maintains. Since 1996,
Mr.  Lizee  has also  acted as sole  proprietor  for A.L.  Management  Group,  a
consulting  practice  specializing  in asset  liability and management for small
business. Mr. Lizee is a licensed securities  representative and a Fellow of the
Institute of Canadian Bankers (University of Toronto).


Independent Development and Support Contracts
- ---------------------------------------------

Relationships have been established with International  Internet Systems Inc. of
Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada (Mr. Tenny Sembokuya, President) and Express
Marketing Inc, Nevis, West Indies ( Mr. Winston Barta, President) for assistance
in  web  page  design,   content  and  marketing.   We  have  also   established
relationships with Efusion ATP of Toronto, Canada (Mr. Bruce Turner,  President)
and  Todd  Long  of  Vancouver,   Canada  for  assistance   with  search  engine
registration.  We have not executed a contract with these third-party providers.
We anticipate  that  additional  contracts will be necessary as our  development
continues.









- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                    Registration Statement                   Page 45



                                  [LOGO - IFG]


Director and Officers Compensation
- ----------------------------------

The  following  table  sets  forth  the  salaries,  directors'  fees and  living
allowances we expect to pay to our executives on an annual basis.



                                                                                            Living
Person                     Position                   Salary (1)      Directors' Fees     Allowance
- ---------                  --------                   ----------      ---------------     ---------
                                                                                
Mr. Kevin Mellor           President & Director       $180,000          $10,000             $33,600

Mr. Harold Carter          Director                    nil              $10,000               nil

Mr. Roman Kostiw           Director                    nil              $10,000               nil

Dr. Drew Parker            Director                    nil              $10,000               nil

Mr. John Rayner            Director                    nil              $10,000               nil

Mr. VernonVeira            Director                    nil              $10,000               nil

Mr. Lisle Webster(1)       Director                    nil              $10,000               nil

Ms. Andrea Young(2)        Director                    nil              $  1,000              nil

Mr. Anthony Chan           Sr. Vice President         $ 81,000               nil              nil

Mr. Dan MacMullin          Sr. Vice President         $ 50,000               nil            $38,800

Ms. Catherine Rublack      Vice President             $ 50,000               nil            $33,600

Mr. Pete Smith(3)          Vice President             $ 16,320               nil              nil



(1) Mr. Webster has agreed to be a director of IFG Bank Inc., once formed.
(2) Ms. Young has agreed to be a director of IFG Bank Inc., once formed.
(3) Mr. Smith is  completing  his clerkship to the Justices at the Supreme Court
    of Canada.


We intend to do one,  or a  combination  of the  following,  to  compensate  our
employees,  officers and  directors so that they are retained and so that we can
attract qualified personnel.

     o  Enter  into a  stock  option  plan  with  our  employees,  officers  and
        directors; and/or
     o  Issue shares to our employers, officers and directors;

The option plan and/or  issuance of ordinary  shares to the employees will be at
an exercise price of $0.50 to $1.00 USD.



Selected Restrictions on Directors' Powers and Activates in the Articles of
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Association
- -----------

Our  Articles of  Association,  as (Amended and restated as at 15th March 2001),
provides:

     o    Article 75, that the  remuneration of the Directors shall from time to
          time be determined by the Company by Ordinary Resolution.
     o    Article 76 provides that the shareholding  qualification for Directors
          may be fixed by the  Company  by  Ordinary  Resolution  and unless and
          until so fixed no share  qualification  shall be required (and none is
          presently required).
     o    Article 89 provides  that the Directors may exercise all the powers of
          the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge its undertaking,
          property  and  uncalled   capital  or  any  part  thereof,   to  issue

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                    Registration Statement                   Page 46


                                  [LOGO - IFG]

          debentures,  debenture  stock and other  securities  whenever money is
          borrowed or as security for any debt,  liability or  obligation of the
          Company or of any third party.
     o    Article 97 of our Memorandum of  Association  provides that a Director
          who is in any way,  whether  directly or  indirectly,  interested in a
          contract  or proposed  contract  with the  Company  shall  declare the
          nature of his  interest  at a  meeting  of the  Directors,  and that a
          general  notice  given to the  Directors by any Director to the effect
          that he is a  member  of any  specified  company  or firm and is to be
          regarded as  interested in any contract  which may  thereafter be made
          with that company or firm shall be deemed a sufficient  declaration of
          interest  in regard to any  contract so made.  A Director  may vote in
          respect  of  any   contract  or  proposed   contract  or   arrangement
          notwithstanding  that he may be  interested  therein and if he does so
          his vote shall be  counted  and he may be counted in the quorum at any
          meeting  of the  Directors  at which  any such  contract  or  proposed
          contract   or   arrangement   shall  come   before  the   meeting  for
          consideration.
     o    Article 98 of our Memorandum of  Association  provides that a Director
          may hold any other office or place of profit under the Company  (other
          than the office of auditor) in conjunction with his office of Director
          for such period and on such terms (as to  remuneration  and otherwise)
          as the Directors  may determine and no Director or intending  Director
          shall be disqualified by his office from  contracting with the company
          either with regard to his tenure of any such other  office or place of
          profit  or as  vendor,  purchaser  or  otherwise,  nor  shall any such
          contract or arrangement entered into by or on behalf of the Company in
          which any Director is in any way interested,  be liable to be avoided,
          nor shall any Director so contracting or being so interested be liable
          to account to the Company for any profit realized by any such contract
          or  arrangement  by reason of such Director  holding that office or of
          the   fiduciary    relation   thereby    established.    A   Director,
          notwithstanding his interest,  may be counted in the quorum present at
          any meeting  whereat he or any other Director is appointed to hold any
          such office or place of profit  under the Company or whereat the terms
          of any  such  appointment  are  arranged  and he may  vote on any such
          appointment or arrangement.
     o    Article 99 of our Memorandum of Association provides that any Director
          may act by  himself  or his firm in a  professional  capacity  for the
          Company,  and he or his firm shall be  entitled  to  remuneration  for
          professional  services  as if he were not a  Director;  provided  that
          nothing herein contained shall authorize a Director or his firm to act
          as auditor to the Company.



Employment and Consulting Contracts
- -----------------------------------

Mr.  MacMullin  has entered  into an  employment  agreement  with  International
Financial  Group,  Inc. to serve as Senior Vice President  trust  services.  The
employment  agreement is effective as of June 15, 2000, and can be terminated by
the  Company  upon 30 days prior  written  notice.  Under the  agreement,  he is
entitled to a salary of $50,000  USD per year as an  employee  and a $38,800 USD
per year living and car allowance and as allowed by the Company.

Ms.  Rublack has entered into an employment  agreement with the Company to serve
as Vice President of Administration. The employment agreement is effective as of
September  1, 2000,  and can be  terminated  by the  Company  upon 30 days prior
written  notice.  Under the  agreement  and as  allowed by the  Company,  she is
entitled to a salary of $50,000  USD per year as an  employee  and a $33,600 USD
per year living allowance.

Mr.  Anthony Chan has entered into an employment  agreement  with the Company to
serve as Senior Vice  President  of  Technology.  The  employment  agreement  is
effective April 1, 2001, and can be terminated by the Company upon 30 days prior
written notice. Under the agreement,  he is entitled to a salary of $120,000 CDN
per year or approximately $81,000 USD.


PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS


The following table sets forth information about the beneficial ownership of our
outstanding common shares on May 24, 2001, by:


     o  each person  or entity  who is known by us to own beneficially more than
        five percent of our common shares;


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                    Registration Statement                   Page 47



                                  [LOGO - IFG]

     o  each of the named executive officers;

     o  each of our directors; and

     o  all of our directors and executive officers as a group.


In accordance with rules promulgated by the Securities and Exchange  Commission,
beneficial ownership includes any shares as to which a person or entity has sole
or shared voting power or investment power and any shares as to which the person
or entity has the right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days after May
24, 2001 through the exercise of options, conversion of securities or otherwise.
Except as noted below,  we believe that the persons named in the table have sole
voting and  investment  power with respect to the shares of ordinary  shares set
forth  opposite  their names.  Percentage  of  beneficial  ownership  before the
offering is based on 20,250,000 ordinary shares issued and outstanding as of May
24, 2001, and 4,000,000  ordinary  shares  issuable upon exercise of outstanding
warrant  agreements  issued in  connection  with the  completion  of the private
offering  dated  June  13,  2000,  for a  total  of  24,250,000.  Percentage  of
beneficial  ownership after the offering is based on 20,250,000  ordinary shares
issued and  outstanding as of May 24, 2001,  4,000,000  ordinary shares issuable
upon exercise of outstanding  warrant  agreements  issued in connection with the
completion  of the private  offering  dated June 13,  2000,  5,000,000  ordinary
shares  issued  and  outstanding  immediately  after  this  offering,   assuming
completion  of this  offering,  and  5,000,000  ordinary  shares  issuable  upon
exercise  of  outstanding  warrant  agreements  issued  in  connection  with the
completion of this offering for a total of 34,250,000. All shares included below
under "Outstanding  Shares" represents issued and outstanding shares. All shares
included below under "Right to Acquire"  represent shares subject to outstanding
warrant  agreements.  The address of our executive  officers and directors is in
care of  International  Financial Group Inc., P.O. Box 10098APO,  Grand Pavilion
Commercial  Centre,  West Bay Road, Grand Cayman,  Cayman Islands,  British West
Indies.






                                                Number of shares                            Percentage of shares
                                               Beneficially owned                            Beneficially owned

Shareholder                Outstanding Shares    Right to Acquire   Total Number    Before Offering   After Offering(2)
- -----------                ------------------    ----------------   ------------    ---------------   -----------------

                                                                                           
IFG World Holdings Inc.(1)    20,000,000            4,000,000        24,000,000          98.97            70.07

Sound Refuge Trust               250,000                  nil           250,000           1.03             0.73



(1)  IFG World  Holdings Inc. is owned by IFG World  Holdings Trust of which Mr.
     Kevin Mellor, President and Director of International Financial Group Inc.,
     is the sole beneficiary.

(2)  Assuming  completion  of this  offering  and the  exercise  of all  warrant
     agreements.



RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Company owes $20,200 to IFG World  Holdings  Inc.  The  outstanding  loan is
unsecured, non-interest bearing and repayable upon demand.

The Company has made a loan to a past  employee  for the purpose of allowing the
past employee to purchase shares of the Company or an investment  vehicle of his
choice.  The loan principal  outstanding at July 31, 2000, was $5,000,  bears no
interest and matured on  September  30, 2000.  The loan remains  outstanding  at
January 31, 2001,  as the past  employee  repaid the loan to IFG World  Holdings
Inc. The loan proceeds are to be paid to the Company by IFG World  Holdings Inc.
during the second quarter of fiscal 2001. The past employee did not purchase any
of the Company's  common stock.  On March 7, 2001,  the Company  issued  250,000
shares in the Company to Sound Refuge  Trust,  to satisfy an agreement  the past
employee had with the Company to purchase shares.




- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                    Registration Statement                   Page 48



                                  [LOGO - IFG]


DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

The  following  description  of our  authorized  share capital is subject to the
detailed  provisions of our  Memorandum and Articles of  Association,  copies of
which are available  upon request by contacting us at  investorservices@ifg.com;
                                                       ------------------------
telephone  345-946-4170;  mailing  address  PO Box  10098  APO,  Grand  Pavilion
Commercial Centre, West Bay Road, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands.


General
- -------


We are authorized to issue 50,000,000  ordinary shares, each with a par value of
$0.001.  We have  only one  class of  shares.  As of May 24,  2001,  there  were
20,250,000  ordinary  shares issued and  outstanding  and 4,000,000  warrants to
purchase  ordinary  shares at an exercise  price of $5.00 USD,  and  expiring on
December 31, 2002. After giving effect to this offering but assuming no exercise
of  outstanding  warrant  agreements  there will be 25,250,000  ordinary  shares
issued and outstanding.



Voting Rights
- -------------

The  holders  of shares  have one vote per share  with  respect  to all  matters
submitted to a vote of shareholders.


Dividend Rights
- ---------------

Subject to any rights and  restrictions for the time being attached to any class
or classes of shares,  the  Directors  may from time to time  declare  dividends
(including  interim  dividends)  and other  distributions  on issued  shares and
authorize payment of the same out of the funds to the Company lawfully available
therefor.

Subject to any rights and  restrictions for the time being attached to any class
or classes of shares, we, by Ordinary Resolution,  may declare dividends, but no
dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by the Directors.

The Directors,  when paying dividends to the shareholders in accordance with the
foregoing provisions, may make such payment either in cash or in specie.

No  dividend  shall be paid  otherwise  than out of profits  or,  subject to the
restrictions of the Companies Law, the share premium account.


Redemption
- ----------

Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, we may:

     o  issue  shares  on terms  allowing  for  redemption  at the option of the
        Company or the member  shareholder on  such  terms and in such manner as
        the Directors may, before the issue of such shares, determine;

     o  purchase  our  own  shares  (including  any  redeemable  shares) on such
        terms  and  in such manner as the Directors may determine and agree with
        the member shareholder; and,

     o  make  a payment in  respect of the  redemption  or  purchase  of our own
        shares  otherwise  than out  of profits or the proceeds of a fresh issue
        of shares.

The shares,  which are the subject of this Offering,  will be redeemable only at
the option of the Company.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                    Registration Statement                   Page 49



                                  [LOGO - IFG]


Liquidation Rights
- ------------------

If the Company  shall be wound up the  liquidator  may,  with the sanction of an
Ordinary Resolution of the Company, divide amongst the shareholders in specie or
kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company (whether he/she/it shall
consist of property of the same kind or not) and may, for such purpose, set such
value as he/she/it  deems fair upon any property to be divided as aforesaid  and
may determine how such division shall be carried out as between the shareholders
or  different  classes  of  shareholders.  The  liquidator  may,  with  the like
sanction, vest the whole or any part of such assets in trustees upon such trusts
for the benefit of the contributories as the liquidator,  with the like sanction
shall think fit,  but so that no  shareholder  shall be  compelled to accept any
shares or other securities whereon there is any liability.


SHARE PURCHASE WARRANTS


Pursuant to a private  placement  dated June 13, 2000, we sold  4,000,000  units
with each  unit  consisting  of one  ordinary  share and one (1) share  purchase
warrant  that  allows the holder of each  warrant to purchase  one (1)  ordinary
share at an exercise price of $5.00 USD, to be exercised not later than December
31, 2002, after which date the warrant will become null and void. At the date of
this  offering,  IFG World  Holdings Inc., was the owner of these share purchase
warrants. None of the share purchase warrants have been exercised to date.



CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

Our Articles of Association  provide that every  director,  alternate  director,
managing director, agent, secretary,  assistant secretary, or other officer (not
including  our auditor and the  personal  representatives  of the same) shall be
indemnified and secured harmless out of the assets and funds of the Company from
and  against  all  actions,   proceedings,   costs,  charges,  losses,  damages,
liabilities  and  expenses  incurred or  sustained by him or her in or about the
conduct of our  business or affairs or in the  execution  or discharge of his or
her duties, powers, authorities or discretions,  including, without prejudice to
the  generality of the  foregoing,  any costs,  expenses,  losses or liabilities
incurred by him or her in defending  (whether  successfully  or  otherwise)  any
civil proceedings  concerning the Company or its affairs in any court whether in
the Cayman Islands or elsewhere.

No such director,  alternate  director,  managing  director,  agent,  secretary,
assistant  secretary  or other  officer of the Company  (but not  including  our
auditor) shall be liable:

     o  for  the  acts, receipts,  neglects,  defaults or omissions of any other
        such director or officer or agent of the Company;
     o  by reason  of this having  joined  in any receipt for money not received
        by him or her personally;
     o  for any loss on  account  of  defect  of title  to any  property  of the
        Company;
     o  on account of the  insufficiency  of  any  security in or upon which any
        money of the Company shall be invested;
     o  for any loss incurred through any bank, broker or other agent;
     o  for any  loss  occasioned by  an  negligence,  default,  breach of duty,
        breach of  trust, error of  judgment or oversight on his or her part; or
     o  for  any loss,  damage or  misfortune  whatsoever which may happen in or
        arise  from   the   execution  or   discharge  of  the  duties,   powers
        authorities,  or  discretions  of  this office  or in relation  thereto,
        unless the same shall happen through his or her own dishonesty.


LOCK UP AGREEMENT

On March 7, 2001, we executed a lock up agreement  (Schedule "D") with IFG World
Holdings Inc. that upon the earlier of the following  events:


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                    Registration Statement                   Page 50



                                  [LOGO - IFG]
     o  the date that the F-1 registration is fully subscribed;
     o  the  date  the  Board  of  Directors  pass  a  resolution  closing   the
        prospectus;
     o  the date that any of our shares can be freely traded; or
     o  August 31, 2001;

The  registered  shares owned by IFG World  Holdings  Inc. will be freely traded
without restrictions.


PLACEMENT

We are  offering  up to  5,000,000  units with each unit  consisting  of one (1)
ordinary  share,  and one (1) ordinary  share  purchase  warrant that allows the
holder of each warrant to purchase one (1) ordinary  share at an exercise  price
of $5.00 USD, to be exercised not later than December 31, 2002, after which date
the warrant  will become null and void,  (herein,  collectively,  referred to as
"Units"), at an offering price of $0.75 per Unit. The Units are being offered on
a best "efforts  basis".  We reserve the right to withdraw,  cancel or reject an
offer to subscribe in whole or in part.


OWNERSHIP RESTRICTIONS

There is no law or governmental  decree or regulation in the Cayman Islands that
restricts  the  export  or import of  capital,  or  affects  the  remittance  of
dividends,  interest  or other  payments  to  non-resident  holders of  ordinary
shares.

There is no  limitation  imposed by Cayman  Islands  law or by the  Articles  of
Incorporation  or other  charter  documents  of the  Company  on the  right of a
non-resident to hold or vote ordinary shares.


TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

The  registrar  and transfer  agent for our ordinary  shares is Corporate  Stock
Transfer of the United States of America. Its address is 3200 Cherry Creek Drive
South,  Suite  430,  Denver  Colorado,  80209 and its  telephone  number at this
location is (303) 282-4800.


 SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Upon  completion of the offering,  a total of 25,250,000 of our ordinary  shares
will be outstanding  assuming no exercise of any outstanding  warrant agreements
by any  shareholder.  The sale of substantial  numbers of ordinary shares in the
public  market,  or the  possibility  of such a  sale,  could  adversely  affect
prevailing market prices for our ordinary shares.

All of the ordinary shares sold in the offering will be freely tradable  without
restriction under the U.S.  Securities Act, except by "affiliates" as defined in
Rule 144 under the U.S.  Securities  Act, or "control  persons" as defined under
the U.S. Securities Act.

For the  reasons  set forth  below,  we  believe  that the  following  presently
outstanding  ordinary shares will be eligible for resale in the public market in
the United States at the following times and by the following persons:

                                                       No. of Shares
                                                       -------------
At the date of this prospectus                                 nil
180 days after the date of this prospectus              34,000,000
Later than 180 days after the date of this
       prospectus becoming effective                       250,000

We have entered into a lock-up  agreement  pursuant to which IFG World  Holdings
Inc. will agree not to dispose of or hedge any of our ordinary  shares until the
earlier of:


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                    Registration Statement                   Page 51



                                  [LOGO - IFG]

     o  the date that the F-1 registration is fully subscribed;
     o  the date Board  of  Directors pass a resolution  closing the prospectus;
        or,
     o  the date that any shares can be freely traded; or,
     o  August 31, 2001.


U.S. RESALE RESTRICTIONS

Upon completion of this offering, it is our estimation that some of the ordinary
shares  will be held by U.S.  residents  or others.  As a result of the  lock-up
agreements  and the provisions of Rule 144 under the U.S.  Securities  Act, such
shares will be available  for sale in the public  market in the United States as
set forth in the table above, subject in some cases to Rule 144 limitations.

In  general,  under Rule 144, as in effect on the date of this  prospectus,  any
person,  including  any of our  affiliates,  who has  beneficially  owned common
shares  for at least  one year  will be  entitled  to sell,  in any  three-month
period, a number of shares that, together with sales of any ordinary shares with
which such person's sales must be aggregated, does not exceed the greater of:

     o  1% of the then outstanding ordinary shares; and

     o    The  average  weekly  trading  volume  of  the  common  shares  on the
          Over-The-Counter  Bulletin  Board,  governed by NASD,  during the four
          calendar  weeks  immediately  preceding the date on which such sale is
          made.


Sales of restricted  securities pursuant to Rule 144 are subject to requirements
relating  to  manner  of  sale,   notice  and  availability  of  current  public
information  about the Company.  Persons who are our affiliates must also comply
with the  restrictions  and  requirements  of Rule 144,  other than the one-year
holding  period  requirement,  in order to sell  ordinary  shares in the  public
market, which are not restricted securities.


AUDITORS

We have retained the accounting firm of Miller and McCollom, Lakewood, Colorado,
USA to be our auditors.


MATERIAL AGREEMENTS AND DOCUMENTS

Agreements,  the Memorandum and Articles of Association  and documents which are
material to this Offering and that are not  confidential to the Company,  all of
which are or will be in effect  by the  closing  date,  may be  obtained  and/or
reviewed   at   our   offices   by   contacting   Ms.   Catherine   Rublack   at
investorservices@ifg.com   or   345-946-4170.   We  may  require  a  prospective
- ------------------------
investor's  prior  execution of  confidentiality  and  nondisclosure  agreements
before accessing certain of our documents.


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Our  units  are being  offered  exclusively  through  this  prospectus.  We have
prepared no offering documents other than this prospectus in connection with our
offering of the Units. Nevertheless, potential investors in the Units may obtain
a copy of all non-confidential corporate documents that the Company possesses by
contacting,  Ms.  Catherine  Rublack  directly  at  investorservices@ifg.com  or
345-946-4170.                                       ------------------------






- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                    Registration Statement                   Page 52



                                  [LOGO - IFG]


TAXATION IN THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

At the  present  time  there are no taxes  imposed in the  Cayman  Islands,  the
jurisdiction in which the Company was formed and from which we currently conduct
our business, on income,  profits,  capital gains or appreciation of the holders
of the shares or  warrants.  There are also  currently  no taxes  imposed by the
Cayman  Islands on the  holders of shares or  warrants  in the nature of estate,
duty, inheritance or capital transfer tax. Therefore, under the existing laws of
the Cayman  Islands,  no income tax or withholding tax will be applicable in the
Cayman Islands to holders of the shares or warrants offered hereby.

We are an exempted company under Cayman Islands law and we have made application
to the Governor-in-Council of the Cayman Islands for, and expects to receive, an
undertaking as to tax  concessions  pursuant to Section 6 of the Tax Concessions
Law (1999  Revision)  which will provide that, for a period of 20 years from the
date of issue of the undertaking, no law hereafter enacted in the Cayman Islands
imposing  any  taxes  or  duty  to  be  levied  on  profits,   income  gains  or
appreciations  or which is in the nature of estate duty or inheritance  tax will
apply to the Company or in respect of shares, debentures or other obligations of
the Company.


TAXATION IN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA

In this section we summarize the material  anticipated  United States income tax
considerations  relevant to a purchase of  ordinary  shares in this  offering by
individuals and corporations which:

     o  For  purposes  of the United States  Internal  Revenue Code are resident
        in  the  United  States,  or  are  otherwise  subject  to United  States
        federal income taxation without regard to source;

     o  Hold the common shares as capital  assets  for  purposes of the Internal
        Revenue Code;

     o  Deal at arm's length with the Company;

     o  Do not  use  or hold the  ordinary  shares in  carrying on a business in
        the  Cayman  Islands, through a permanent establishment or in connection
        with  a  fixed base in the Cayman  Islands or otherwise,  and are not an
        insurer which  carries on business in  the Cayman Islands and elsewhere;
        and

     o  In the case of individual holders, are also U.S. citizens.

We will refer to persons who satisfy the above  conditions as "Unconnected  U.S.
Shareholders."

We will assume,  for purposes of this  discussion,  that you are an  Unconnected
U.S.  Shareholder.  The tax  consequences of a purchase of ordinary shares (i.e.
common shares) by persons who are not Unconnected  U.S.  Shareholders may differ
substantially from the tax consequences discussed in this section.

This discussion is based upon:

     o  the  current  provisions of  the Internal  Revenue Code and  regulations
        under the Internal Revenue Code;

     o  the  administrative  policies  published by  the  U.S.  Internal Revenue
        Service; and

     o  judicial decisions,

all of which are subject to change either prospectively or retroactively.  We do
not discuss the potential  effects of any recently  proposed  legislation in the
United States and do not take into account the tax laws of the various state and
local jurisdictions of the United States or foreign jurisdictions.




- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                    Registration Statement                   Page 53



                                  [LOGO - IFG]

THE COMPANY  INTENDS THIS  DISCUSSION  TO BE A GENERAL  DESCRIPTION  OF THE U.S.
FEDERAL INCOME TAX  CONSIDERATIONS  MATERIAL TO A PURCHASE OF ORDINARY  (COMMON)
SHARES.  THIS  DISCUSSION  DOES NOT  DEAL  WITH ALL  POSSIBLE  TAX  CONSEQUENCES
RELATING TO AN INVESTMENT IN THE COMPANY'S  ORDINARY SHARES. THE COMPANY HAS NOT
TAKEN  INTO  ACCOUNT  YOUR  PARTICULAR   CIRCUMSTANCES   AND  DOES  NOT  ADDRESS
CONSEQUENCES  PECULIAR  TO YOU  UNDER  PROVISIONS  OF U.S.  TAX LAW OR ANY OTHER
TAXING  JURISDICTION.  THEREFORE,  YOU  SHOULD  CONSULT  YOUR  OWN  TAX  ADVISOR
REGARDING THE PARTICULAR  CONSEQUENCES  TO YOU OF PURCHASING  ORDINARY SHARES IN
THIS OFFERING.


UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

As an  Unconnected  U.S.  Shareholder,  you  generally  will  include  in income
dividend  distributions  paid by the  Company  to the  extent of our  current or
accumulated  earnings and profits. You must include in income an amount equal to
the U.S.  dollar  value of such  dividends  on the date of receipt  based on the
exchange rate on such date,  without  reduction for any withholding  tax. To the
extent  dividend  distributions  paid  by the  Company  exceed  our  current  or
accumulated  earnings  and  profits,  they will be treated  first as a return of
capital up to your adjusted tax basis in the shares, and then as a gain from the
sale or exchange of the shares.

Dividends  paid by the Company on the shares will not  generally be eligible for
the "dividends received" deductions. An Unconnected U.S. Shareholder, which is a
corporation,  may, under some  circumstances,  be entitled to a 70% deduction of
the  U.S.  source  portion  of  dividends  received  from  the  Company  if such
Unconnected U.S. Shareholder owns shares representing at least 10% of our voting
power and value.

If you sell the shares,  you generally  will recognize gain or loss in an amount
equal to the difference, if any between the amount realized on the sale and your
adjusted tax basis in the shares.  Any gain or loss you recognize  upon the sale
of shares held as capital assets will be long-term or short-term capital gain or
loss,  depending  on whether  the shares have been held by you for more than one
year.

Under current U.S. tax regulations, dividends paid by us on the shares generally
will not be subject to U.S. information  reporting or the 31% backup withholding
tax unless they are paid in the United  States  through a U.S.  or U.S.  related
paying  agent,  including a broker.  If you furnish the paying agent with a duly
completed and signed Form W8-BEN or W-9 or such other form as is  appropriate to
the situation such dividends will not be subject to the backup  withholding tax.
We recommend  that you see a tax advisor to determine  the  appropriate  form to
complete and file with your agent so that you are not subject to withholding tax
unnecessarily.  You will be  allowed a refund or a credit  equal to any  amounts
withheld under the U.S. backup  withholding tax rules against your U.S.  federal
income tax  liability,  provided  you furnish the  required  information  to the
Internal Revenue Service.


PERSONAL HOLDING COMPANIES

We could be classified as a personal holding company for U.S. federal income tax
purposes if both of the following tests are satisfied:

     o  if  at  any time during the last half of our taxable year, five or fewer
        individuals  own or  are deemed  to own more than 50% of the total value
        of our shares; and

     o  we receive  60% or more  of our U.S. related gross income from specified
        passive sources, such as royalty payments.

A  personal  holding  company is taxed on a portion  of its  undistributed  U.S.
source income,  including  specific  types of foreign  source income,  which are
connected  with the  conduct of a U.S.  trade or  business,  to the extent  this
income is not  distributed to  shareholders.  We do not believe it is a personal
holding  company  presently,  and we do not expect to become  one.  However,  we
cannot assure you that we will not qualify as a personal  holding company in the
future.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                    Registration Statement                   Page 54



                                  [LOGO - IFG]


FOREIGN PERSONAL HOLDING COMPANIES

We could be classified as a foreign  personal  holding company if in any taxable
year both of the following tests are satisfied:

     o  five  or  fewer  individuals who are United States citizens or residents
        own  or  are  deemed to own more than 50% of the total  voting  power of
        all  classes  of  our shares  entitled to vote or the total value of our
        shares; and

     o  at least 60%,  50%  in  some  cases,  of our gross  income  consists  of
        "foreign  personal holding company  income,"  which  generally  includes
        passive  income  such  as dividends,  interests,  gains from the sale or
        exchange of shares or securities, rent and royalties.

If we are  classified  as a foreign  personal  holding  company  and if you hold
shares on the last day of our  taxable  year,  you must  include  in your  gross
income as a dividend your pro rata portion of our undistributed foreign personal
holding  company  income.  If you dispose of your shares prior to such date, you
will not be subject to tax under these rules. We do not believe we are a foreign
personal holding company presently, and we do not expect to become one. However,
we cannot  assure  you that we will not  qualify as a foreign  personal  holding
company in the future.


PASSIVE FOREIGN INVESTMENT COMPANIES

The rules governing "passive foreign investment  companies" can have significant
tax  effects on  Unconnected  U.S.  Shareholders.  We could be  classified  as a
passive foreign investment company if, for any taxable year, either:

     o  75%  or  more of its gross income is "passive  income,"  which  includes
        interest, dividends and some types of rents and royalties, or

     o  the  average  percentage,  by  fair market value,  or, in some cases, by
        adjusted  tax basis,  of  our  assets  that  produce or are held for the
        production of "passive income" is 50% or more.

Distributions  which constitute  "excess  distributions,"  as defined in Section
1291 of the Internal Revenue Code, from a passive foreign investment company and
dispositions  of shares of a passive foreign  investment  company are subject to
the highest rate of tax on ordinary  income in effect and to an interest  charge
based on the value of the tax deferred during the period during which the shares
are owned.  However, if an Unconnected U.S.  Shareholder makes a timely election
to treat the  Company as a  qualified  electing  fund under  section  1295,  the
above-described  rules generally will not apply.  Instead,  the Unconnected U.S.
Shareholder would include annually in his gross income his pro rata share of our
ordinary  earnings and net capital  gain,  regardless  of whether such income or
gain was actually distributed. Tax on this income, however, may be deferred.

In addition,  subject to specific  limitations,  Unconnected  U.S.  Shareholders
owning  actually  or  constructively  marketable  shares  in a  passive  foreign
investment  company may make an election to mark that stock to market  annually,
rather than being subject to the above-described  rules.  Amounts included in or
deducted  from income  under this mark to market  election  and actual gains and
losses  realized  upon  disposition,  subject to specific  limitations,  will be
treated as ordinary gains or losses.

In  addition,  special  rules  apply if we  qualify  as both a  passive  foreign
investment company and a "controlled foreign corporation," as defined below, and
an Unconnected U.S. Shareholder owns, actually or constructively, 10% or more of
the total combined voting power of all classes of our shares entitled to vote.

We believe  that we will not be a passive  foreign  investment  company  for the
current fiscal year and we do not expect to become a passive foreign  investment
company in future years. You should be aware,  however, that if we are or become
a  passive   foreign   investment   company  we  may  not  be  able  to  satisfy
record-keeping  requirements that would permit you to make a qualified  electing


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                    Registration Statement                   Page 55



                                  [LOGO - IFG]

fund  election.  You should  consult  your tax advisor  with  respect to how the
passive foreign  investment  company rules affect your tax situation,  including
the advisability of making an election to treat us as a qualified  electing fund
or making a mark to market election.


CONTROLLED FOREIGN CORPORATION

If more than 50% of the voting  power of all  classes of our shares or the total
value of our shares is owned, directly or indirectly,  by citizens of the United
States,  U.S. domestic  partnerships and corporations or estates or trusts other
than  foreign  estates  or  trusts,  each of which owns 10% or more of the total
combined  voting  power of all classes of our  shares,  we could be treated as a
"controlled  foreign  corporation" under Subpart F of the Internal Revenue Code.
This classification would effect many complex results,  including requiring such
shareholders  to  include  in income  their pro rata  shares of our  "Subpart  F
Income," as defined by the Internal  Revenue  Code.  In addition,  gain from the
sale or exchange of shares by an Unconnected  U.S.  Shareholder  who is or was a
10% or greater  shareholder at any time during the five-year  period ending with
the sale or  exchange  will be  ordinary  dividend  income to the  extent of our
earnings and profits attributable to the shares sold or exchanged.

We do not believe that we are a  controlled  foreign  corporation  and we do not
anticipate that we will become a controlled  foreign  corporation as a result of
the  offering.  However,  we cannot  assure  you that we will not  qualify  as a
controlled foreign corporation in the future.


LEGAL MATTERS

Stepp Law Group, Newport Beach,  California,  will pass upon the legality of the
ordinary  shares  offered by this  prospectus  and acts as our counsel on United
States legal matters related to this prospectus.


We are not aware of any material legal proceedings  against the Company.  We may
be involved, from time to time, in various legal proceedings and claims incident
to the normal conduct of our business.



EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of the Company from July 14, 1997 (date of
incorporation)  through  January 31, 2001 included in this  prospectus have been
audited by Miller and McCollom,  certified public  accountants,  as indicated in
their  report with  respect  thereto,  and are  included in this  prospectus  in
reliance  upon the  authority  of Miller and McCollom as experts in auditing and
accounting.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC, 450 Fifth Street N.W.,  Washington,  D.C.  20549,  a
registration  statement  on Form  F-1  covering  the  units  being  sold in this
offering.  We have not included in this prospectus all the information contained
in the  registration  statement,  and  you  should  refer  to  the  registration
statement and our exhibits for further information.

Any statement in this  prospectus  about any of our contracts or other documents
is not necessarily  complete. If the contract or document is filed as an exhibit
to the registration statement,  the contract or document is deemed to modify the
description  contained  in  this  prospectus.   You  must  review  the  exhibits
themselves for a complete description of the contract or document.

You may review a copy of the  registration  statement,  including  exhibits  and
schedules filed with it, at the SEC's public reference  facilities in Room 1024,
Judiciary  Plaza,  450 Fifth Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. 20549, and at the
regional  offices of the SEC located at 7 World Trade  Center,  13th Floor,  New
York, New York 10048 and at the  Northwestern  Atrium  Center,  500 West Madison
Street, Suite 1400, Chicago,  Illinois 60661. You may also obtain copies of such
materials  from the Public  Reference  Section of the SEC, Room 1024,  Judiciary
Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington,  D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                    Registration Statement                   Page 56



                                  [LOGO - IFG]

may  call  the SEC at  1-800-SEC-0330  for  further  information  on the  public
reference rooms. The SEC maintains a website  (http://www.sec.gov) that contains
reports,  proxy  and  information  statements  and other  information  regarding
registrants, such as the Company, that file electronically with the SEC.

You may read and copy any  reports,  statements  or other  information  that the
Company files with the Commission at the addresses  indicated above, and you may
also  access  them  electronically  at the web site set forth  above.  These SEC
filings are also  available  to the public from  commercial  document  retrieval
services.

Prior to this offering,  we have not been required to file reports with the SEC.
Following  consummation of the offering, we will be required to file reports and
other  information  with the SEC under the U.S.  Securities  Exchange  Act. As a
foreign private issuer,  we are exempt from the rules under the U.S.  Securities
Exchange Act prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our
officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and
short-swing  profit  recovery  provisions  contained  in  Section 16 of the U.S.
Securities  Exchange  Act.  Under the U.S.  Securities  Exchange Act, we are not
required to publish financial  statements as frequently or as promptly as United
States companies.



THE COMPANY'S LOCATIONS

The  Company's  registered  head office and its  Cayman-based  subsidiaries  IFG
Investment  Services Inc.;  IFG Corporate  Services,  Inc., IFG  Administration,
Inc., IFG Services, Inc. and IFG Systems Inc. are located at P.O. Box 10098 APO,
West Bay Road,  Grand Pavilion  Commercial  Center,  George Town,  Grand Cayman,
Cayman Islands, Telephone:  (345)946-4170 and Fax:  (345)946-4173.

The Company's St. Kitts and  Nevis-based  financial  services  subsidiaries, IFG
Trust Services, Inc., IFG Investments Services, Inc., IFG Corporate Inc. and its
IFG Management Inc. subsidiaries are located at Suite #4 Temple Building, Main &
Prince  William  Street,  Charlestown,   Federation  of  St.  Kitts  and  Nevis,
Telephone:  (869)469-7040/7041 and Fax:  (869)469-7042



REPRESENTATIONS

NO FINDER,  DEALER, SALES PERSON OR OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING OTHER
THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH  INFORMATION
OR  REPRESENTATION  MUST NOT BE RELIED  UPON AS HAVING  BEEN  AUTHORIZED  BY THE
COMPANY.  THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION
OF AN  OFFER  TO BUY ANY OF THE  SECURITIES  OFFERED  HEREBY  BY  ANYONE  IN ANY
JURISDICTION  IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR  SOLICITATION IS NOT AUTHORIZED OR IN WHICH
THE PERSON MAKING SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS NOT QUALIFIED TO DO SO OR TO ANY
PERSON TO WHOM IT IS  UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER OR  SOLICITATION.  NEITHER THE
DELIVERY  OF THIS  PROSPECTUS  NOR ANY SALE  MADE  HEREUNDER  SHALL,  UNDER  ANY
CIRCUMSTANCES,  CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THE INFORMATION  CONTAINED HEREIN IS
CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS.















- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                    Registration Statement                   Page 57



                                  [LOGO - IFG]



















                       SCHEDULE "A" - Financial Statements
                       -----------------------------------























- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                         Schedule A                          Page 58
                              Financial Statements



                                  [LOGO - IFG]
















                       INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.


                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


                                January 31, 2001

























- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                         Schedule A                          Page 59
                              Financial Statements



                                  [LOGO - IFG]












                          INDEX TO FINANICAL STATEMENTS

                       INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

                              FINANICAL STATEMENTS

                                      With

               REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

                                                                   Page

Audit Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants            F-2

Financial Statements:

         Balance Sheets                                             F-3

         Statements of Operations                                   F-4

         Statements of Shareholders' Equity                         F-5

         Statements of Cash Flows                                   F-6

         Notes to Financial Statements                          F-7 to F11


















- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                         Schedule A                          Page 60
                              Financial Statements




                         Independent Accountants' Report
                         -------------------------------


Board of Directors
International Financial Group, Inc.

         We have  audited  the  accompanying  balance  sheets  of  International
Financial Group,  Inc. (a Development Stage Company) as of January 31, 2001, and
July 31, 2000, and the related statements of operations,  stockholders'  equity,
and cash flows for the six months ended  January 31, 2001,  and 2000 and for the
years ended July 31, 2000,  1999, and 1998 and for the period from July 14, 1997
(date of incorporation) through January 31, 2001. These financial statements are
the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

         We conducted our audit in accordance with generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining on a test basis,  evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentations.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.


         In  our  opinion,  the  financial  statements referred to above present
fairly,  in all  material  respects,  the  financial  position of  International
Financial Group,  Inc. (a Development Stage Company) as of January 31, 2001, and
July 31, 2000, and the results of its operations,  its stockholders' equity, and
its cash flows for the six months ended  January 31, 2001,  and 2000 and for the
period  from July 14,  1997 (date of  incorporation)  to January  31,  2001,  in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of
America.





S/Miller and McCollom
Miller and McCollom
7400 West Fourteenth Avenue, Suite 10
Lakewood, Colorado  80215
March 7, 2001




                                      F-2


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                         Schedule A                          Page 61
                              Financial Statements






                       INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
                          (a Development Stage Company)
                           Consolidated Balance Sheets

                                                                 January 31, 2001           July 31, 2000
                                                             ------------------------    -------------------

                                     ASSETS

CURRENT ASSETS:
                                                                                           
   Cash                                                                   $ 922,041              $ 714,035
   Restricted cash (Note 10)                                                200,000                200,000
   Accounts receivable                                                       26,000                 26,000
   Subscription receivable                                                        -                500,000
   Due from parent                                                            5,000                      -
   Prepaid expenses                                                          61,984                 10,000
   Loan receivable from related parties                                      70,500                  5,000
                                                             ------------------------    -------------------
                                                                          1,285,525              1,455,035

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:
   Office furniture and equipment                                            38,020                      -
   Computer equipment                                                        68,225                  5,428
                                                             ------------------------    -------------------
                                                                            106,245                  5,428
   Less accumulated depreciation                                             (8,297)                     -
                                                             ------------------------    -------------------
                                                                             97,948                  5,428

OTHER ASSETS:
   Intangible asset (Note 8)                                                 20,000                 20,000
                                                             ------------------------    -------------------

         Total assets                                                   $ 1,403,473            $ 1,480,463
                                                             ========================    ===================

                       LIABILITIES AND SHARHOLDERS' EQUITY

CURRENT LIABILTIES:
   Loans payable to related parties (Note 4)                              $  20,200              $  37,200
   Accounts payable and accrued expenses                                     74,517                 34,833
                                                             ------------------------    -------------------
                                                                             94,717                 72,033
COMMITMENTS AND CONTIGENCIES (Notes 12 and 14)

SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
   Common stock 50,000,000 shares of $0.001
     par value authorized; 20,000,000
     issued and outstanding (Note 5)                                         20,000                 20,000
   Contributed surplus                                                    2,140,000              2,140,000
   Subscription receivable (Note 5)                                               -               (500,000)
   Deficit accumulated during the development stage                        (851,244)              (251,570)
                                                             ------------------------    -------------------
                                                                          1,308,756              1,408,430
                                                             ------------------------    -------------------

         Total liabilities and shareholders' equity                     $ 1,403,473            $ 1,480,463
                                                             ========================    ===================




               The accompanying notes to financial statements are
                      an integral part of this statement.

                                       F-3


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                         Schedule A                          Page 62
                              Financial Statements







                       INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
                          (a Development Stage Company)
                      Consolidated Statements of Operations

                                       Six Months Ended                           Years Ended                    July 14, 1997 (Date
                                          January 31,                               July 31,                      of Incorporation)
                                  ------------------------------     ------------------------------------------- through January 31,
                                       2001               2000            2000          1999            1998            2001
                                  ---------------    -----------     -------------  ------------    ------------   ---------------
                                                                                                      
INCOME                               $    -             $ -           $      -              $ -             $ -         $      -
                                  ---------------    -----------     -------------  ------------    ------------   ---------------

EXPENSES:
   Legal and professional fees          120,845           -              149,712              -               -           270,557
   Salaries                             243,357           -               78,468              -               -           321,825
   Depreciation                           8,297           -                  -                -               -             8,297
   Other administrative expenses        227,175           -               23,390              -               -           250,565
                                  ---------------    -----------     -------------  ------------    ------------   ---------------
         Total expenses                 599,674           -              251,570              -               -           851,244
                                  ---------------    -----------     -------------  ------------    ------------   ---------------

Net Loss                             $ (599,674)        $ -           $ (251,570)           $ -             $ -        $ (851,244)
                                  ===============    ===========     =============  ============    ============   ===============


Basic and diluted loss
   per share                         $     (.03)        $ -           $     (.09)           $ -             $ -            $ (.05)
                                  ===============    ===========     =============  ============    ============   ===============


Weighted average
   shares outstanding                20,000,000           -             2,918,650              -               -        15,729,662
                                  ===============    ===========     =============  ============    ============   ===============











               The accompanying notes to financial statements are
                      an integral part of this statement.

                                       F-4



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                         Schedule A                          Page 63
                              Financial Statements







                       INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
                          (a Development Stage Company)
                 Consolidated Statement of Shareholders' Equity

                            Common Shares       Common Stock      Contributed         Subscription                    Shareholders'
                                                                    Surplus            Receivable        Deficit         Equity
                            ---------------    --------------    ---------------    --------------    -------------  --------------
                                                                                                    
Balance July 31, 1997                    -          $      -        $         -       $        -       $        -      $         -

Balance July 31, 1999                    -                 -                  -                -                -                -

Stock issued June 2000
   to IFG World Holdings,
   Inc. (Notes 1 and 5)         16,000,000            16,000            144,000                -                -          160,000

Stock issued under
   private placement             4,000,000             4,000          1,996,000         (500,000)               -        1,500,000

Net loss for the year
   ended July 31, 2000                   -                 -                  -                -         (251,570)        (251,570)
                            ---------------    --------------    ---------------    --------------    -------------  --------------

Balance July 31, 2000           20,000,000            20,000          2,140,000         (500,000)        (251,570)       1,408,430

Payment received for
   private placement                     -                 -                  -          500,000                -          500,000

Net loss for the six
   month  period ended
   January 31, 2001                      -                 -                  -                -         (599,674)        (599,674)
                            ---------------    --------------    ---------------    --------------    -------------  --------------

Balance January 31, 2001        20,000,000          $ 20,000        $ 2,140,000       $        -       $ (851,244)     $ 1,308,756
                            ===============    ==============    ===============    ==============    =============  ==============







               The accompanying notes to financial statements are
                      an integral part of this statement.

                                       F-5


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                         Schedule A                          Page 64
                              Financial Statements






                       INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
                          (a Development Stage Company)
                      Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

                                                      Six Month                                    July 14, 1997
                                                        Ended               Year Ended        (Date of Incorporation)
                                                     January 31,              July 31,                through
                                                       2001                    2000              January 31, 2001
                                                     -----------------    ----------------    ------------------------
                                                                                                 
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
   Net loss                                               $ (599,674)         $ (251,570)                 $ (851,244)
   Adjustments to reconcile net loss to
     net cash used in operating activities
       Depreciation                                            8,297                   -                       8,297
       Net change in operating assets and
          liabilities -
            Restricted cash                                        -            (200,000)                   (200,000)
            Account receivable                                     -             (26,000)                    (26,000)
            Prepaid expense                                  (51,984)            (10,000)                    (61,984)
            Accounts payable and accrued expense              39,684              34,833                      74,517
                                                     -----------------    ----------------    ------------------------

Net cash provided (used) by operating
   activities                                               (603,677)           (452,737)                 (1,056,414)

Cash flows from investing activities:
   Loan receivable from related parties                      (70,500)             (5,000)                    (75,500)
   Purchase of intangible asset                                    -             (20,000)                    (20,000)
   Purchase of property and equipment                       (100,817)             (5,428)                   (106,245)
                                                     -----------------    ----------------    ------------------------

Net cash provided (used) by investing
   activities                                               (171,317)            (30,428)                   (201,745)

Cash flows from financing activities:
   Proceeds from issuance of common stock                  1,000,000           1,160,000                   2,160,000
   Loan payable to related party                             (17,000)             37,200                      20,200
                                                     -----------------    ----------------    ------------------------

Net cash provided by financing activities                    983,000           1,197,200                   2,180,200

Net increase (decrease) in cash                              208,006             714,035                     922,041

Cash, beginning of period                                    714,035                   -                           -
                                                     -----------------    ----------------    ------------------------

Cash, end of period                                        $ 922,041           $ 714,035                   $ 922,041
                                                     =================    ================    ========================



               The accompanying notes to financial statements are
                      an integral part of this statement.

                                       F-6


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                         Schedule A                          Page 65
                              Financial Statements




                       INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
                          (a Development Stage Company)
                 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
         July 14, 1997 (date of incorporation) through January 31, 2001

     (1)  Incorporation and Background Information

         International Financial Group, Inc. (the "Company"),  was registered as
an exempt  company in the Cayman  Islands on July 14,  1997,  under the name The
Caledonian  500 Index Fund. On March 13, 2000,  the Company  changed its name to
INTERNET  FINANCIAL GROUP, INC. On May 29, 2000, the Company changed its name to
ifg.com,  Inc. On March 7, 2001, the Company  changed its name to  International
Financial Group, Inc. As of July 31, 2000, and January 31, 2001, the Company has
not yet commenced operations.  The Company is wholly owned by IFG World Holdings
Inc.,  which is a wholly  owned  subsidiary  of IFG World  Holdings  Trust.  The
Company holds a trade and business license to conduct  offshore  business in the
Cayman Islands.  The Company was established to act as a holding corporation for
its operating subsidiaries carrying on business in the Cayman Islands, Nevis and
other offshore jurisdictions.

         The  Company  intends to carry on the  business of  supplying  offshore
financial  products  and  services  via  traditional  delivery  channels and the
Internet.  It is the Company's  intention to establish itself as a comprehensive
offshore provider of financial services by having registered  subsidiaries in up
to  40  offshore   jurisdictions.   The  Company  intends  to  provide  banking,
securities,  insurance,  trust,  corporate and management  offshore products and
services.

         The company has established its securities,  trust,  corporate holding,
and management holding subsidiaries in the Cayman Islands and its trust services
subsidiary in Nevis.  The Company intends to establish its banking and insurance
subsidiaries in St. Vincent,  Belize and Bermuda  respectively.  The Company has
selected these offshore countries as they are respected in these specific fields
of the offshore financial industry. The Company has also established a number of
subsidiaries in various  offshore  jurisdictions  including  Cyprus,  Singapore,
Guernsey  and Hong Kong,  for the purpose of  offering  financial  products  and
services to its clients in various  offshore  regions.  As of January 31,  2001,
none of the  subsidiaries,  except for IFG Trust  Services,  Inc. has  commenced
operations.  IFG Trust Services,  Inc. recently entered into a limited number of
trust arrangements.

         The Company is in the development  stage and is devoting  substantially
all of its efforts toward product  research and development and raising capital.
The Company is subject to risks common to development stage technology companies
and companies in new and rapidly evolving markets, including a limited operating
history,  dependence  on  key  personnel,  the  need  to  raise  capital,  rapid
technological  change,  political  uncertainty,  competition,  and the  need for
successful development and marketing of products and services.


     (2)  Significant Accounting Policies


         These  financial  statements  have been  prepared  in  accordance  with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and are
stated in United States dollars. The financial reporting year-end is July 31 and
reflect the following significant accounting policies:


          (a)  Principles of Consolidation

                    The  accompanying  consolidated financial statements include
               the  financial  statements  of the Company  and its wholly  owned
               subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts have been eliminated.



                                       F-7


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                         Schedule A                          Page 66
                              Financial Statements




                       INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
                          (a Development Stage Company)
                 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
         July 14, 1997 (date of incorporation) through January 31, 2001

          (b)  Use of Estimates

                    The  preparation  of the  financial statements in conformity
               with generally accepted accounting principles requires management
               to make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported
               amounts of assets and  liabilities  and  disclosure of contingent
               assets and  liabilities  at the date of the financial  statements
               and the  reported  amounts  of income  and  expenses  during  the
               period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

          (c)  Fixed Assets

                       Fixed  assets  are  recorded  at cost, net of accumulated
               depreciation,  and are depreciated on a straight-line  basis over
               their estimated useful lives. Management has estimated the useful
               life of  computer  equipment  to be three  years  and the life of
               office furniture and equipment to be seven years.

          (d)  Intangibles

                       Intangibles  are  recorded  at cost and will be amortized
               on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful life.

          (e)  Common Stock

                    Common stock in the  accompanying  financial  statements are
               represented by Certificates often referred to as Ordinary Shares.


           (f)  Basic

                    Savings (loss) per share computed using the weighted average
               number  of  shares  outstanding  during  the  periods  shown.  As
               described in Note 7, the Company has warrants outstanding for the
               purchase of common  stock.  The warrants were not included in the
               calculation  for  diluted  earnings  (loss) per share  since such
               inclusion would be antidilutive.


     (3)  Prepaid Expenses

         The  Company  has paid fees in  advance  to law  firms and other  third
parties in  jurisdictions  around the world for the purpose of  receiving  legal
advice  on  securities  matters  and  offshore  finance.  The  prepaid  fees are
recognized as expenses when the services are rendered.

     (4)  Related Party Transactions


         The  Company  has  two  loans  receivable at January 31, 2001. One, for
$65,500 due from the Company's president, is unsecured, non-interest bearing and
payable upon demand.  The other loan receivable for $5,000 was paid to IFG World
Holdings Inc. for the benefit of a key employee and director to purchase 500,000
shares of the Company owned by IFG World Holdings Inc. This  transaction was not
completed as originally  planned and therefore IFG World  Holdings Inc. owes the
Company the said $5,000,  which said amount is unsecured,  non-interest  bearing
and payable on demand.

         On March 7, 2001, the Company and the key employee and director entered
into an  agreement  to have the key  employee  and  director,  or an  investment
vehicle  of his  choice,  purchase  250,000  shares of the  Company's  stock for
$2,500.


                                       F-8


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                         Schedule A                          Page 67
                              Financial Statements




                       INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
                          (a Development Stage Company)
                 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
         July 14, 1997 (date of incorporation) through January 31, 2001


     (5)  Common Stock Subscribed

         As of January 31, 2001, the Company has issued 16,000,000 shares to IFG
World Holdings Inc. and 4,000,000 shares to minority  shareholders.  The Company
accepted a commitment from minority shareholders to purchase 2,000,000 shares at
$.50 per share  pursuant to an offering  memorandum  dated June 13, 2000.  As of
July 31, 2000, the Company had recorded  $500,000 as a  subscription  receivable
representing  unremitted  subscription proceeds. The par value of said shares is
$0.001 per share. This amount was received prior to January 31, 2001.

     (6)  Private Placement of Common Stock

         The Company raised $2,000,000  pursuant to an offering memorandum dated
June 13, 2000, by offering  4,000,000  units that are comprised of one (1) share
and one (1) warrant  having an exercise  price of $5.00 per warrant that becomes
null and void on December 31, 2002. The warrant allows the purchaser to purchase
one (1) share of common stock.  The units issued under this offering  memorandum
were later acquired by IFG World  Holdings  Inc., the Company's sole owner.  See
Note (15).

     (7)  Financial Instruments

         The  carrying  value of cash,  accounts  receivable,  amounts  due from
related  parties,  deposits  and loans  payable  to  related  parties,  accounts
payable, and accrued expenses reflected in the financial statements  approximate
fair value due to their short term nature.

     (8)  Intangibles

         The Company  purchased the Uniform Resource  Locator (URL)  www.ifg.com
for its sole  use in May  2000.  A URL  specifies  the  location  of a  resource
residing on the Internet.  No amortization has been recorded on the URL as it is
still under  construction  and has not been put into use. Once put into use, the
asset will be amortized over a period of 20 years.

     (9)  Fixed Assets

         The Company has purchased  computer and other  ancillary  equipment and
certain furniture and fixtures.  Depreciation is recorded in accordance with the
policy described in Note 2.

     (10) Restricted Cash

         The  Company  has placed  $200,000  in trust with its  solicitors  as a
condition for receiving its trust license in Nevis for its  subsidiary IFG Trust
Services,  Inc.  These  funds must remain in trust for a period of time and then
can be returned to the Company.  The Company believes that the money should come
out of trust on or about September 1, 2001.



                                       F-9


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                         Schedule A                          Page 68
                              Financial Statements




                       INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
                          (a Development Stage Company)
                 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
         July 14, 1997 (date of incorporation) through January 31, 2001

     (11) Recent Accounting Pronouncements

         The Financial  Accounting  Standards Board (FASB) issued a Statement of
Financial  Accounting  Standards  No.  131  "Disclosures  about  Segments  of an
Enterprise and Related  Information."  Because of the prospective  nature of the
Company's  business,  the  Company  anticipates  having more than one segment of
business operations. The FASB issued a Statement of Financial Standards No. 130,
"Reporting  Comprehensive  Income."  Because  of the  prospective  nature of the
Company's business,  the Company expects to have Comprehensive Income other than
net income.

         In June of 1998, the FASB issued Statement of Accounting  Standards No.
133  ("SFAS  133"),   "Accounting   for  Derivative   Instruments   and  Hedging
Activities."  SFAS  133  establishes  accounting  and  reporting  standards  for
derivative  instruments,  including certain derivative  instruments  embedded in
other  contracts,  and for  hedging  activities.  It  requires  that  an  entity
recognize all  derivatives  as either assets or liabilities on the balance sheet
at their  value.  This  statement,  as amended  by SFAS 137,  is  effective  for
financial statements for all fiscal quarters to all fiscal years beginning after
June 15, 2000. Because of the prospective nature of the Company's business,  the
Company may engage in derivative or hedging activities.

         In December 1999, The Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") issued
Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 101 ("SAB 101"), "Revenue Recognition in Financial
Statements."  SAB 101  summarized  certain  of the  SEC's  views  regarding  the
application of generally accepted  accounting  principles to revenue recognition
in  financial  statements.  In June  2000,  the SEC  amended  SAB 101 to require
companies with fiscal years  beginning after December 15, 1999, to implement the
provisions of SAB 101 no later than the fourth fiscal quarter.  The Company will
adopt the provisions of SAB 101 in the first quarter that it has revenue.

     (12) Risks and Uncertainties


         Because of the nature of the Company's  prospective  businesses,  these
are considerable  risks and  uncertainties  inherent in the planned  operations.
Further  risks and  uncertainties  are dependent  upon the Company's  ability to
provide the necessary capital for its operations. The Company will be subject to
considerable  government regulations and restrictions, which would be associated
with the multiple governmental organizations that it proposes to operate under.


(13)     Income Taxes

         At the present time, no income,  profit, capital or capital gains taxes
are levied in the Cayman Islands.  Accordingly,  no provision for such taxes has
been recorded in the accompanying  financial statements.  In the event that such
taxes are  levied,  the  Company has  received  an  undertaking  from the Cayman
Islands  government  exempting it from all such taxes until April,  2020. Except
under certain circumstances, the Company does not expect to be liable for United
States income taxes.








                                      F-10
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                         Schedule A                          Page 69
                              Financial Statements




                       INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
                          (a Development Stage Company)
                 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
         July 14, 1997 (date of incorporation) through January 31, 2001


     (14) Commitments

         The Company  currently  leases  office  facilities  under an  operating
lease.  Rental expense under the operating  lease agreement for the period ended
July 31, 2000, was $6,893 and $13,785 for the six months ended January 31, 2001.
Minimum lease payments over the term of the lease are as follows:

                       2001                 $ 27,570
                       2002                   20,677
                       2003                     -
    and thereafter
                                           ---------
                                            $ 48,247
                                           =========

     (15) Subsequent Event

         On March 7, 2001, IFG World Holdings Inc.  acquired,  effective January
31, 2001, the outstanding  shares and warrants described in Note 6. In addition,
on March 7, 2001, the Company authorized that 250,000 shares of the common stock
be issued in  satisfaction  of the  Company's  vesting  obligation to one of its
directors.






















                                      F-11



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                         Schedule A                          Page 70
                              Financial Statements



                                  [LOGO - IFG]




















                      SCHEDULE "B" - SUBSCRIPTION DOCUMENTS





















- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                        Schedule B                           Page 71
                              Subscription Documents




International Financial Group, Inc., a Cayman Islands Exempt Corporation
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------

SUBSCRIPTION DOCUMENTS

The attached Subscription Documents must be completed and delivered as follows:

MAIL TO:
- --------

(a)  International  Financial  Group,  Inc.,  P.O. Box 10098 APO, West Bay Road,
     Grand Pavilion Commercial Centre, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands; or

(b)  to your broker

MONEY INSTRUCTIONS:
- -------------------

The attached  subscription document must have attached a certified bank draft or
money order for the amount of Units subscribed or the subscription  paid must be
wired to the Company as follows:

Chase Manhattan Bank
1 Chase Manhattan Plaza
New York, New York
10081
USA

ABA No. 021-0000-21
Account No. 001-1-153103
Account Name: Royal Bank of Canada, Grand Cayman

For further Credit to:

International Financial Group, Inc.
Account No. 8200693

FUNDING INSTRUCTIONS

Subscriptions  must be funded (at a price of $0.75 per Unit) by  certified  bank
draft,  money order or bank wire  transfer.  MAKE BANK  DRAFTS AND MONEY  ORDERS
PAYABLE TO: International Financial Group, Inc.






- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                        Schedule B                           Page 72
                              Subscription Documents





SCHEDULE B

TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                     Page


SECTION "A"      How to Subscribe                                     74
SECTION "B"      Subscription Agreement                               76

























- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                        Schedule B                           Page 73
                              Subscription Documents




SECTION A - HOW TO SUBSCRIBE


To subscribe for Units, you must fill out the Subscription Agreement.


Directions for the Subscription Agreement are as follows:

1.       Be sure to provide your correct  name,  address and social  security or
         tax  identification  number,  as this  information  will  appear on the
         official records of the Company.

2.       Sign  and  be  sure  that  you  have  checked  the  appropriate type of
         ownership.

3.       Signature  and  Supporting   Material   Requirements  -  The  following
         requirements  have been established for the various ways in which Units
         may be purchased and held other than by you as an individual:

         JOINT TENANTS WITH RIGHT OF SURVIVORSHIP: The signatures  of both joint
         tenants are required.

         COMMUNITY  PROPERTY:  The  signatures  of both  husband  and  wife  are
         required,  unless  a  separate  document  signed  by both  parties  and
         designating  either  as agent of the  other  for  purposes  of  signing
         accompanies the subscription Agreement.

         TENANTS IN COMMON: The signatures of all parties are required.

         TENANTS BY THE ENTIRETY: The signatures of all parties are required.

         PARTNERSHIP:  The Subscription  Agreement must be accompanied by a copy
         of the signed partnership agreement.

         TRUST: The Subscription Agreement must  be accompanied by a copy of the
         trust agreement.

         CORPORATION:  The  Subscription  Agreement  must  be  accompanied  by a
         certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors  designating
         the officer(s) of the  corporation  authorized to sign on behalf of the
         corporation and of the board's resolution authorizing the investment.

4.       Due diligence documentation:

         If corporation:
         (a)  Register of Directors;
         (b)  Register of Shareholders
         (c)  Notarized copy of passport of Director(s) and Shareholder(s);
         (d)  Certified  copy of Articles of  Incorporation or Certified copy of
              Articles and Memorandum of Association;
         (e)  Banker's  reference  addressed  to International  Financial Group,
              Inc.

         If partnership:
         (a)  Register of Partners;
         (b)  Partnership Agreement;
         (c)  Notarized copy of passport of partners;
         (d)  Banker's  reference  addressed  to International  Financial Group,
              Inc.

         If individual:
         (a)  Notarized copy of passport;
         (b)  Professional reference to International Financial Group Inc;
         (c)  Banker's reference to International Financial Group Inc;
         (d)  Utility bill from country of residence.




- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                  Schedule B Section A                       Page 74
                                How to Subscribe




5.      Forward the following:
        (a) Completed Subscription Agreement
        (b) Supporting material required by paragraphs 3 and 4.
        (c) A  certified  bank  draft  or  money  order  in the  amount  of your
        subscription or by wire transfer (see below).

Payment Instructions
- --------------------

MAKE CERTIFIED BANK DRAFT OR MONEY ORDER PAYABLE TO:
- ----------------------------------------------------

International Financial Group, Inc.
- -----------------------------------

MAIL TO:
- --------

(a)  International  Financial  Group,  Inc.,  P.O. Box 10098 APO, West Bay Road,
     Grand Pavilion Commercial Centre, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands; or

(b)  to your broker


WIRE TRANSFER INSTRUCTIONS:
- ---------------------------

Chase Manhattan Bank
1 Chase Manhattan Plaza
New York, NY
10081  USA

ABA No. 021-000021
Account No. 001-1-153103
Account Name: Royal Bank of Canada, Grand Cayman

For further credit to:
Account Name: International Financial Group, Inc.
Account No.  8200693










- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                  Schedule B Section A                       Page 75
                                How to Subscribe




SECTION B - SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT


By signing this Subscription Agreement, without waiving any of your rights under
the  jurisdiction  you  reside in  including  federal  or state  laws  under the
Securities  Act of 1933 or the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  you agree as
follows:

1.      You  or your representative  have  received the International  Financial
Group  Inc.,  prospectus  (F-1  Registration  Statement)  dated  March 30,  2001
("Prospectus") prior to the execution of this Subscription  Agreement.  You have
relied solely upon such documents and upon  independent  investigations  made by
you or by your  representatives,  in making your decision to purchase Units, and
no oral or written representations,  apart from those contained in the foregoing
documents, have been made to or relied upon by you;


2.      You are aware that no federal  or state agency  has approved or made any
finding  or   determination  as  to  the  fairness  of  the  investment  or  any
recommendation or endorsement of the Units;

3.      You understand that an investment in Units involves certain risk factors
and conflicts of interest, many of which are referred to in the Prospectus;

4.      You have the requisite  knowledge and experience to assess the  relative
business  and tax  matters  and  risks,  or  have  relied  upon  the  advice  of
experienced advisors with regard to tax aspects,  risks and other considerations
involved in this investment;

5.      You and your counsel and/or advisor(s) (collectively, "representatives")
have made, or have had the  opportunity  to make,  such  inspections as you have
deemed   necessary,   whether  to  investigate  any  information  given  by  the
Memorandum, to further your evaluation of the investment, or otherwise;

6.      You  and your  representatives  have had  the opportunity to discuss all
material  aspects of this transaction with management of the Company or with its
authorized  agents,  and any  questions  asked  have been  answered  to the full
satisfaction of you and your representatives;

7.      You  are  investing  in  the Units with a reasonable  expectation  of an
economic profit from such investment apart from tax benefits. You understand the
offer and sale of the Units have been  registered  under the  Securities  Act of
1933, as amended (the "Act").

8.       You  have  adequate  net  worth and means of providing for your current
needs and  contingencies  to sustain a complete  loss of your  investment in the
Company  at the  time of  investment,  and have no need  for  liquidity  in your
investment  in the Units.  You  currently  can  afford a  complete  loss of your
investment;

9.      You  have  attained  the  age  of   majority  (as  established  in   the
jurisdiction  in which you  reside),  if an  individual,  and are under no legal
disability  with respect to entering  into a contractual  relationship  with the
Company and executing this Subscription Agreement;

10.     If  and  when  this  Subscription  Agreement  is accepted, you will have
purchased  the number of Units set forth above your  signature on the  signature
page of this  Subscription  Agreement.  The Units  which  you offer to  purchase
hereby shall not be deemed  issued to, or owned by, you until (i) you have fully
paid the initial  subscription  price in cash, and (ii) the Company has accepted
your offer of  purchase.  The Company  shall have until the closing  date of the
Offering  or any  extension  to  accept  or  reject  your  offer,  in  its  sole
discretion;

11.     By your  signature  hereto and by  checking  the  applicable  box below,
you hereby  specifically  represent  and warrant  that you are the sole party in
interest with respect to the purchase of Units  hereunder.  In the case of sales
to fiduciary accounts,  the fiduciary represents that such conditions are met by
the fiduciary,  by the fiduciary account,  or by the contributor who directly or
indirectly  supplies the funds for the purchase of Units. You are aware that the
selling  agent  and/or  the  authorized  dealer  will rely  upon your  foregoing
representations;

12.     You  agree  to  indemnify  and  hold   harmless  the  Company,  and  its
respective accountants,  attorneys, officers, directors, affiliates,  employees,
agents and other representatives from and against all damages, losses, costs and


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                  Schedule B Section B                       Page 76
                             Subscription Agreement



expenses (including  reasonable  attorneys' fees) which they may incur by reason
of your failure to fulfill any of the terms or conditions  of this  Subscription
Agreement, or by reason of any breach of the representations and warranties made
by you  herein  or in  connection  with the  purchase  of the  Units,  or in any
document provided by you to the Company.

13.     All  information,  which you have  provided to the  Company,  is correct
and complete as of the date set forth at the end hereof,  and if there should be
any material change in such information prior to acceptance of this Subscription
Agreement by the  Company,  you will  immediately  provide the Company with such
information.

14.     You agree that within five days after receipt of a written  request from
the  Company,  you will provide  such  information  and execute and deliver such
documents  as  reasonably  may be  necessary to comply with any and all laws and
ordinances to which the Company is subject.

15.     That the source of funds used to pay for the Units were not derived from
net  proceeds of crime or other money  laundering  laws within the  jurisdiction
that you reside.

16.     That all due diligence  information  supplied by  you  is in  accordance
with that required to be supplied and is true, accurate and authentic.


How to Subscribe
- ----------------

The  undersigned is subscribing to a total of  $__________(____  Units at $0.75
per Unit) by:

____     $_______________(____Units) paid by certified bank draft, and/or

____     $_______________(____Units) paid by certified money order, and/or

 ____    $_______________(____Units) paid by wiring funds.

MAKE CERTIFIED BANK DRAFT OR MONEY ORDER PAYABLE TO:
- ----------------------------------------------------

International Financial Group, Inc.
- -----------------------------------

MAIL TO:
- --------

(a)  International  Financial  Group,  Inc.,  P.O. Box 10098 APO, West Bay Road,
     Grand Pavilion Commercial Centre, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands; or

(b)  to your broker.

WIRE TRANSFER INSTRUCTIONS:
- ---------------------------

Chase Manhattan Bank
1 Chase Manhattan Plaza
New York, NY
10081  USA

ABA No.  021-0000-21
Account No.  001-1-153103
Account Name:  Royal Bank of Canada, Grand Cayman

For further credit to:
Account Name: International Financial Group, Inc.
Account No. 8200693



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                  Schedule B Section B                       Page 77
                             Subscription Agreement



{For details, see How to Subscribe (these instructions are immediately preceding
this Subscription Agreement form)}

Print name(s) in which Units are to be registered
if individual:
NAME:(1)____________________________________________
Soc. Sec. or Tax I.D. No.: _________________________

NAME:(2)____________________________________________
Soc. Sec. or Tax I.D. No.:__________________________

Address:____________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________


Print name(s) in which Units are to be registered
if partnership:
NAME:_______________________________________________
Tax I.D. No.: ______________________________________
Address:____________________________________________
____________________________________________________

if corporation:
NAME:_______________________________________________
Authorized Officer: ________________________________
Tax I.D. No.:_______________________________________
Address:____________________________________________


 The investment is to be held as follows (check one):

(a)    ____   Husband & Wife, as community property   (e)    ____   Corporation
(b)    ____   Joint Tenants                           (f)    ____   Partnership
(c)    ____   Tenants in Common                       (g)    ____   Trust
(d)    ____   Individual                              (h)    ____   Other

NOTE: BY SIGNING THIS SUBSCRIPTION  AGREEMENT AND UPON ACCEPTANCE  THEREOF, YOU
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ARE ENTERING INTO AN AGREEMENT AND AGREEING TO INVEST MONEY.
- ------------------------------------------------------------

The undersigned hereby certifies that the undersigned has answered the foregoing
to the best of the undersigned's  knowledge,  that the undersigned's answers are
complete and accurate,  and the  undersigned  declares  under penalty of perjury
that the foregoing is true and correct.

This Subscription  Agreement  constitutes the entire agreement among the parties
hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

DATED:______________________ 2001, at _______________________________________

if individual:

X______________________________________ X__________________________________

if partnership:

X______________________________________ X__________________________________
Authorized Partner

if corporation:

X______________________________________ X__________________________________
Authorized Officer

NOTE: If Units are to be registered in more  than one name, all subscribers must
      sign.

Acceptance of Subscription
- --------------------------

Accepted by International Financial Group, Inc., as of __________________, 2001.

By:_____________________________________
   Kevin Mellor - Director and President



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                  Schedule B Section B                       Page 78
                             Subscription Agreement






















                        SCHEDULE "C" - WARRANT AGREEMENT




















- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                        Schedule C                           Page 79
                                Warrant Agreement




                                    EXHIBIT B

WARRANT AGREEMENT

This  Warrant  Agreement   certifies  that   ____________________________   (the
"Holder"),  is the owner of  _____________  warrants  (subject to  adjustment as
provided  herein),  each of which  represents  the  right to  subscribe  for and
purchase from  International  Financial  Group,  Inc., a Cayman  Islands  exempt
Company (the "Company"),  one share of the Ordinary  Share(s),  $0.001 par value
per share, of the Company (the "Ordinary Shares", including any stock into which
it may be  changed,  reclassified  or  converted,  is herein  referred to as the
"Ordinary  Shares") (herein  "Warrants") at the purchase price (herein "Exercise
Price") of $5.00 per share (subject to adjustment as provided herein).

The Warrants are subject to the following provisions, terms and conditions:

1. EXERCISE OF WARRANTS

A.  Exercise  of  Warrants.  Subject  to the other  provisions  of this  Warrant
Agreement, the Warrants may be exercised by the Holder, in whole or in part (but
not as to a  fractional  share of the  Ordinary  Shares),  by  surrender of this
Warrant  Agreement at the principal office of the Company at P.O. Box 10098 APO,
West Bay Road, Grand Pavilion  Commercial Centre,  Grand Cayman,  Cayman Islands
(or such other office or agency of the Company as may be designated by notice in
writing to the Holder at the  address of such Holder  appearing  on the books of
the Company),  along with a properly  executed notice in writing  specifying the
desired  number of  Warrants  to be  exercised,  at any time  within  the period
beginning on the date of this Warrant Agreement,  which is specified immediately
below  Section 11 of this  Warrant  Agreement  ("Effective  Date") and 5:00 p.m.
Eastern  Standard  Time,  on December  31, 2002 (the  "Exercise  Period") and by
payment to the Company by certified  check,  bank draft or wire  transfer of the
exercise price for such shares of the Ordinary  Shares.  The Company agrees that
the shares of Ordinary  Shares so purchased shall be and are deemed to be issued
to the Holder as the record  owner of such shares of  Ordinary  Shares as of the
close of  business on the date on which the  Warrant  Agreement  shall have been
surrendered  and payment made for such shares of Ordinary  Shares.  Certificates
representing the shares of Ordinary Shares so purchased,  together with any cash
for  fractional  shares of Ordinary  Shares,  shall be  delivered  to the Holder
promptly  and in no event later than thirty (30) days after the  Warrants  shall
have been so exercised.


2. ADJUSTMENTS

A.       Adjustments.  The  Exercise Price and  the number of shares of Ordinary
Shares  issuable  upon  exercise of each Warrant  shall be subject to adjustment
from time to time as follows:

         (1)      Stock   Dividends;   Stock   Splits;   Reverse  Stock  Splits;
                  Reclassifications. In the event that the Company shall (a) pay
                  a  dividend  with  respect to its  capital  stock in shares of
                  Ordinary  Shares,  (b)  subdivide  its  outstanding  shares of
                  Ordinary  Shares,   (c)  combine  its  outstanding  shares  of
                  Ordinary  Shares into a smaller  number of shares of any class
                  of  Ordinary  Shares or (d) issue  any  shares of its  capital
                  stock in a reclassification  of the Ordinary Shares (including
                  any  such   reclassification  in  connection  with  a  merger,
                  consolidation  or other  business  combination  in  which  the
                  Company  is the  continuing  corporation)  (any  one of  which
                  actions is herein referred to as an "Adjustment  Event"),  the
                  number of shares of Ordinary Shares  purchasable upon exercise
                  of each Warrant  immediately prior to the record date for such
                  Adjustment  Event shall be  adjusted so that the Holder  shall
                  thereafter  be  entitled  to  receive  the number of shares of
                  Ordinary Shares or other securities of the Company (such other
                  securities   thereafter  enjoying  the  rights  of  shares  of
                  Ordinary Shares under this Warrant Agreement) that such Holder
                  would have owned or have been  entitled  to receive  after the
                  happening  of such  Adjustment  Event,  had such  Warrant been
                  exercised   immediately   prior  to  the   happening  of  such
                  Adjustment Event or any record date with respect  thereto.  An
                  adjustment  made  pursuant to this Section  2A(1) shall become
                  effective   immediately  after  the  effective  date  of  such
                  Adjustment  Event  retroactive to the record date, if any, for
                  such Adjustment Event.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                        Schedule C                           Page 80
                                Warrant Agreement



         (2)      Adjustment of Exercise Price. Whenever the number of shares of
                  Ordinary Shares  purchasable upon the exercise of each Warrant
                  is adjusted pursuant to Sections 2A(1), the Exercise Price for
                  each share of Ordinary  Shares  payable upon  exercise of each
                  Warrant shall be adjusted by  multiplying  such Exercise Price
                  immediately  prior  to  such  adjustment  by a  fraction,  the
                  numerator  of which  shall be the number of shares of Ordinary
                  Shares   purchasable   upon  the   exercise  of  each  Warrant
                  immediately  prior to such adjustment,  and the denominator of
                  which  shall be the  number of shares  of  Ordinary  Shares so
                  purchasable immediately thereafter.

         (3)      De Minimis  Adjustments.  Except as provided in Section  2A(2)
                  with reference to adjustments  required by such Section 2A(2),
                  no  adjustment  in the  number of shares  of  Ordinary  Shares
                  purchasable hereunder shall be required unless such adjustment
                  would  require an  increase or decease of at least one percent
                  (1%) in the number of shares of  Ordinary  Shares  purchasable
                  upon an exercise of each Warrant; provided,  however, that any
                  adjustments  which by  reason  of this  Section  2A(3) are not
                  required  to be made shall be carried  forward  and taken into
                  account in any subsequent  adjustment.  All calculations shall
                  be made to the nearest full share.

B.      Notice of  Adjustment.  Whenever   the   number  of  shares of  Ordinary
Shares  purchasable  upon the exercise of each Warrant or the Exercise  Price is
adjusted,  as herein  provided,  the Company shall promptly notify the Holder in
writing (such writing referred to as an "Adjustment  Notice") of such adjustment
or  adjustments  and shall  deliver  to the  Holder a  certificate  of a firm of
independent public accountants selected by the Board of Directors of the Company
(who  may  be  the  regular  accountants  employed  by  the  Company)  or of the
Independent Financial Expert, if any, which makes a determination of the current
market value with  respect to any such  adjustment  setting  forth the number of
shares of Ordinary Shares  purchasable upon the exercise of each Warrant and the
Exercise  Price after such  adjustment,  setting forth a brief  statement of the
facts  requiring such adjustment and setting forth the computation by which such
adjustment was made.

C.      Amendment of Warrant  Agreement.  This  Warrant  Agreement  need  not be
changed  because of any change in the Exercise  Price or in the number of shares
of Ordinary  Shares  purchasable  upon the exercise of a Warrant and any Warrant
Exercise Price and the same number of shares of Ordinary Shares as are specified
in this Warrant  Agreement.  The Company may at the time in its sole  discretion
make any change in the form of a warrant  agreement that it may deem appropriate
and that  does not  affect  the  substance  thereof  and any  warrant  agreement
thereafter  issued,  whether in exchange  or  substitution  for any  outstanding
warrant agreement or otherwise, may be in the form so changed.

D.      Fractional  Interest.  The  Company  shall  not  be  required  to  issue
fractional  shares of Ordinary  Shares on the exercise of the Warrants.  If more
than one Warrant shall be presented for exercise in full at the same time by the
same  holder,  the  number of full  shares of  Ordinary  Shares  which  shall be
issuable  upon such  exercise  shall be computed  on the basis of the  aggregate
number  of whole  shares of  Ordinary  Shares  purchasable  on  exercise  of the
Warrants so  presented.  If any  fraction of a share of Ordinary  Shares  would,
except for the  provisions of this Section 2D be issuable on the exercise of the
Warrants (or specified proportion  thereof),  the Company shall pay an amount in
cash  calculated  by it to be  equal  to the then  fair  value  of one  share of
Ordinary Shares,  as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good
faith, multiplied by such fraction computed to the nearest whole cent.


3. RESERVATION AND AUTHORIZATION OF ORDINARY SHARES

The Company  covenants  and agrees (a) that all shares of Ordinary  Shares which
may be issued upon the  exercise of the  Warrants  represented  by this  Warrant
Agreement will, upon issuance,  be validly issued,  fully paid and nonassessable
and free of all insurance or transfer  taxes,  liens and charges with respect to
the issue thereof,  (b) that during the Exercise Period, the Company will at all
times have  authorized,  and reserved for the purpose of issue or transfer  upon
exercise of the Warrant, sufficient shares of Ordinary Shares to provide for the
exercise of the  Warrants  and (c) that the Company will take all such action as
may be necessary to ensure that the shares of Ordinary  Shares issuable upon the
exercise of the Warrants may be so issued  without  violation of any  applicable
law or regulation,  or any requirements of any domestic securities exchange upon


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                        Schedule C                           Page 81
                                Warrant Agreement



which any capital stock of the Company may be listed;  provided,  however,  that
nothing  contained  herein  shall  impose  upon the Company  any  obligation  to
register the warrants of such Ordinary Shares under applicable securities laws.


4. NO VOTING RIGHTS

This  Warrant  Agreement  shall not entitle  the Holder to any voting  rights or
other rights as a stockholder of the Company.


5. EXERCISE OR TRANSFER OF WARRANTS OR ORDINARY SHARES

The Holder agrees to be obligated by any and all provisions  with respect to the
limitations,  including  limitations  imposed  for  Securities  Act  compliance,
regarding  the  Warrants and the shares of Ordinary  Shares or other  securities
issuable upon exercise of the Warrants.


6. TRANSFER OF WARRANT

Transferability and Negotiability of Warrant. Neither this Warrant Agreement nor
any Warrant may be transferred or assigned in whole or in part.

Warrant Register.  The Company will maintain a register (the "Warrant Register")
containing the name and address of the Holder.  The Holder may change his or her
address  as shown on the  Warrant  Register  by  written  notice to the  Company
requesting  such  change.  Any  notice  or  written  communication  required  or
permitted  to be given to the  Holder may be  delivered  or given by mail to the
Holder as shown on the Warrant  Register and at the address shown on the Warrant
Register. Until this Warrant is transferred on the Warrant Register, the Company
may treat the Holder as shown on the Warrant  Register as the absolute  owner of
this Warrant for all purposes, notwithstanding any notice to the Company.

Warrant  Agent.  The Company  may, by written  notice to the Holder,  appoint an
agent for the purpose of maintaining the Warrant Register,  issuing the Ordinary
Shares or other  securities  then  issuable  upon the exercise of this  Warrant,
exchanging this Warrant Agreement,  replacing this Warrant Agreement,  or any or
all of the foregoing. Thereafter, any such registration,  issuance, exchange, or
replacement, as the case may be, shall be made at the office of such agent.

Compliance with Securities Laws

The Holder, by acceptance  hereof,  acknowledges that this Warrant Agreement and
the shares of Ordinary  Shares or Ordinary Shares to be issued upon the exercise
hereof or  conversion  thereof are being  acquired  solely for the  Holder's own
account  and not as a nominee  for any other  party,  and not with a view to any
distribution  thereof by the Holder, and that the Holder will not offer, sell or
otherwise  dispose of this  Warrant  Agreement  or any other  shares of Ordinary
Shares or  Ordinary  Shares  to be issued  upon  exercise  hereof or  conversion
thereof except pursuant to an effective registration  statement, or an exemption
therefrom,  under the Securities Act and any applicable  state  securities laws.
Upon exercise of this Warrant  Agreement,  the Holder shall, if requested by the
Company,  confirm in writing,  in a form  satisfactory to the Company,  that the
shares of Ordinary  Shares or Ordinary  Shares so purchased  are being  acquired
solely for the Holder's own account and not as a nominee for any other party and
not with a view toward distribution.


7. REGISTRATION RIGHTS

Holder shall have any registration  rights with respect to the Warrants or their
constituent securities or any of the Company's securities.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                        Schedule C                           Page 82
                                Warrant Agreement



8. CLOSING OF BOOKS

The Company will at no time close its transfer books against the transfer of any
Warrant or of any shares of Ordinary  Shares or other  securities  issuable upon
the  exercise  of any Warrant in any manner,  which  interferes  with the timely
exercise of the Warrants.


9. WARRANTS EXCHANGEABLE, LOSS, THEFT

This Warrant Agreement is exchangeable,  upon the surrender hereof by the Holder
at the office or agency of the Company  referred to in Section 1 of this Warrant
Agreement,  for new  Warrant  Agreements  in similar  form  representing  in the
aggregate  the  right to  subscribe  for and  purchase  the  number of shares of
Ordinary Shares which may be subscribed for and purchased  hereunder,  each such
new Warrant  Agreement to represent  the right to  subscribe  and purchase  such
number of shares of  Ordinary  Shares as shall be  designed by the Holder at the
time of such surrender.  Upon receipt of evidence satisfactory to the Company of
the loss,  theft,  destruction or mutilation,  upon surrender or cancellation of
this  Warrant  Agreement,  the  Company  will issue to the Holder a new  Warrant
Agreement in similar form, in lieu of this Warrant  Agreement,  representing the
right to  subscribe  for and  purchase  the number of shares of Ordinary  Shares
which may be subscribed for and purchased hereunder.


10. MERGERS, CONSOLIDATIONS, ETC.

A. Except as may otherwise be provided in Section 2A of this Warrant  Agreement,
if the Company shall merge or consolidate with another  corporation,  the Holder
shall  thereafter  have the  right,  upon  exercise  hereof  and  payment of the
Exercise Price, to receive solely the kind and amount of shares of capital stock
(including, if applicable,  Ordinary Shares), other securities, property or cash
or any  combination  thereof  receivable  by a holder of the number of shares of
Ordinary  Shares  for which this  Warrant  Agreement  might have been  exercised
immediately prior to such merger or consolidation (assuming, if applicable, that
the holder of such Ordinary Shares failed to exercise its rights of election, if
any, as to the kind or amount of shares of stock, other securities,  property or
cash or combination thereof receivable upon such merger or consolidation).

B. In case of any  reclassification  or change of the shares of Ordinary  Shares
issuable upon exercise of the Warrants  (other than  elimination of par value, a
change in par value,  or from par value to no par  value,  or as the result of a
subdivision or  combination of shares (which is provided for elsewhere  herein),
but including any  reclassification of the shares of Ordinary Shares into two or
more classes or series of shares) or in case of any merger or  consolidation  of
another  corporation  into the  Company in which the  Company  is the  surviving
corporation and in which there is a reclassification  or change of the shares of
Ordinary  Shares (other than a change in par value,  or from par value to no par
value,  or as a result of a subdivision  or  combination  (which is provided for
elsewhere herein),  but including any reclassification of the shares of Ordinary
Shares,  the Holder shall  thereafter  have the right,  upon exercise hereof and
payment of the Exercise  Price,  to receive solely the kind and amount of shares
of  stock,  other  securities,  property  or  cash  or any  combination  thereof
receivable upon such  reclassification,  change,  merger or  consolidation  by a
holder of the  number  of  shares of  Ordinary  Shares  for which  this  Warrant
Agreement might have been exercised immediately prior to such  reclassification,
change,  merger or consolidation  (assuming,  if applicable,  that the holder of
such Ordinary  Shares  failed to exercise its rights of election,  if any, as to
the kind or amount of shares of stock,  other  securities,  property  or cash or
combination  thereof receivable upon such  reclassification,  change,  merger or
consolidation).






- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                        Schedule C                           Page 83
                                Warrant Agreement




11.      RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS SURVIVE EXERCISE OF WARRANTS

The rights and obligations of the Company,  of the Holder, and of the holders of
shares of  Ordinary  Shares or other  securities  issued  upon  exercise  of the
Warrants,  contained in Section 5 of this Warrant  Agreement  shall  survive the
exercise of the Warrants.




Dated: _______________, 200__.


International Financial Group, Inc.,
a Cayman Islands exempt company

By:      _________________________
Its:     President

By:      _________________________
Its:     Secretary


HOLDER


if individual:

X______________________________________ X__________________________________


if partnership:

X______________________________________ X__________________________________
Authorized Partner


if corporation:

X______________________________________ X__________________________________
Authorized Officer








- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                        Schedule C                           Page 84
                                Warrant Agreement






















                        SCHEDULE "D" - LOCK-UP AGREEMENT





















- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                        Schedule D                           Page 85
                                Lock Up Agreement




                                LOCK-UP AGREEMENT


THIS LOCK-UP AGREEMENT  ("Agreement") dated as of March 7, 2001, is entered into
in  duplicate  by  and  among  IFG  World  Holdings  Inc.  ("Stockholder"),  and
International Financial Group Inc., a Cayman Islands exempt Company ("Company").

Recitals

A.       As of the date hereof,  the Stockholder  owns 20,000,000  shares of the
         issued  and  outstanding  common  stock and  4,000,000  share  purchase
         warrants that allows the  stockholder  to purchase  4,000,000  ordinary
         shares (at an  exercise  price of $5.00 and an expiry  date of December
         31, 2002) of the Company ("Subject Shares").
B.       The  Company  and  Stockholder,  and  each of  them,  desire  that  the
         Stockholder  agree to a restriction on the sale and  disposition of the
         Subject Shares, on the terms and subject to the conditions specified in
         this Agreement.


NOW,  THEREFORE,  IN  CONSIDERATION  OF THE MUTUAL  PROMISES,  UNDERTAKINGS  AND
COVENANTS SPECIFIED HEREIN, AND FOR OTHER GOOD AND VALUABLE  CONSIDERATION,  THE
RECEIPT AND SUFFICIENCY OF WHICH ARE HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGED,  WITH THE INTENT TO BE
OBLIGATED LEGALLY AND EQUITABLY, THE PARTIES AGREE WITH EACH OTHER AS FOLLOWS:

1.  Restriction Regarding Disposition of Subject Shares. During the term of this
Agreement,  the  Stockholder  shall  not,  directly  or  indirectly,  (a)  sell,
transfer,  pledge,  encumber,  assign or otherwise dispose of, or enter into any
contract, option or other arrangement or understanding with respect to the sale,
transfer,  pledge,  encumbrance,  assignment or other disposition of, any of the
Subject  Shares;  or (b) grant any  proxies,  deposit any Subject  Shares into a
voting trust or enter into a voting agreement with respect to any of the Subject
Shares.

2.  Representations  and  Warranties  of   the  Stockholder.   The   Stockholder
represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

          2.1  Ownership of Subject Shares.  On the date of this Agreement,  the
               Subject Shares are  beneficially  owned by the  Stockholder.  The
               Stockholder has valid and marketable title to the Subject Shares,
               free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, restrictions, options,
               warrants, rights to purchase and claims of every kind (other than
               those   restrictions   created  by  this   Agreement   and  those
               restrictions   regarding   transfer   specified   by   applicable
               securities laws).

          2.2  Power  Regarding  Agreement.  The  Stockholder  has the  full and
               complete  legal  right,  power and  authority  to enter  into and
               perform  all of the  Stockholder's  obligations  pursuant to this
               Agreement.  The execution  and delivery of this  Agreement by the
               Stockholder  will not  violate any other  agreement  to which the
               Stockholder is a party, including, without limitation, any voting
               agreement,  stockholder  agreement,  voting trust or proxy.  This
               Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Stockholder and
               constitutes a legal,  valid and binding agreement of Stockholder,
               enforceable in accordance  with its terms.  Neither the execution
               or  delivery  of this  Agreement  will (a) require any consent or
               approval of or filing with any  governmental or other  regulatory


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                        Schedule D                           Page 86
                                Lock Up Agreement



               agency,  or (b)  constitute  a  violation  of,  conflict  with or
               constitute  a default  pursuant  to,  any  contract,  commitment,
               agreement, understanding, arrangement or other restriction of any
               kind  to  which  the  Stockholder  is a  party  or by  which  the
               Stockholder is or the Subject Shares are obligated.

3.  Termination.  This  Agreement  shall  terminate  on  the  date  that  is the
earliest of the following dates: (a) the date that the F-1 registration is fully
subscribed;  (b) the date that the Board of Directors pass a resolution  closing
the  prospectus;  (c) the date that any of the  Company's  shares  can be freely
traded; or, (d) August 31, 2001.

4.  Expenses.  Each party hereto will pay all of its expenses in connection with
this  Agreement,  including,  without  limitation,  the fees and expenses of its
counsel and other advisers.

5.  Confidentiality.  The Stockholder  shall not disclose or discuss the matters
contemplated  by this  Agreement  with any person  (other  than his or her legal
counsel  and  advisors,  if any) not a party to this  Agreement,  without  prior
written  consent  of  the  Company,   except  for  those  disclosures  that  the
Stockholder's  legal  counsel  advises  are  necessary  in order to fulfill  the
Stockholder's  obligations  imposed by law, in which event the Stockholder shall
give prompt prior notice of such disclosure to the Company.

6.  Additional Shares.  During the term of this Agreement, any additional shares
of the Company's common stock acquired by the Stockholder  shall, upon issuance,
be immediately subject to the provisions of this Agreement.  Any such additional
shares shall be  contemplated  by, and included,  in the  definition of "Subject
Shares".

7.  Notices. All notices or other communications  required or permitted pursuant
to this  Agreement  shall be in  writing  and shall be deemed  duly  given  when
received by delivery in person,  by facsimile  machine,  telex or telegram or by
certified mail, postage prepaid,  or by an overnight courier service,  addressed
as follows:

If to the Stockholder:     GDA International Trustees Inc.
                           Suite 205 - 207 Dowell House
                           Cr. Roebuck & Palmetto Sts.
                           Bridgetown, Barbados, WI

If to the Company:         P.O. Box 10098APO
                           Grand Pavilion Commercial Centre
                           West Bay Road
                           Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands

8.  Entire Agreement; Amendment. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement
among the parties  hereto with respect to the subject  matter of this  Agreement
and supersedes all prior  agreements and  understandings  among the parties with
respect to such subject  matter.  This  Agreement may not be modified,  amended,
altered or supplemented, except by an agreement in writing executed by the party
against whom such modification, amendment, alteration or supplement is sought to
be enforced.


9.  Assigns.  This  Agreement  shall  obligate  and inure to the  benefit of the
parties hereto and their  respective  successors  and assigns,  but neither this
Agreement nor any of the rights,  interests or  obligations  hereunder  shall be
assigned by any of the parties hereto  without the prior written  consent of the
other party.



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                        Schedule D                           Page 87
                                Lock Up Agreement



10.  Governing Law. This Agreement, and all matters  relating  hereto,  shall be
governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the Cayman Islands.

11.  Injunctive  Relief.  In the  event of a breach or  attempted  breach by the
Stockholder  of any provision of this  Agreement,  the Company may be without an
adequate  remedy at law.  In the event of a breach  or  attempted  breach by the
Stockholder  of any  provision  of this  Agreement,  the  Company  may  elect to
commence and prosecute  proceedings  in any court of competent  jurisdiction  to
enforce the  Shareholder's  obligations  created by this  Agreement  by specific
performance or to enjoin the continuing breach of such provision,  as well as to
obtain damages for breach of this  Agreement,  and the Company may take any such
actions  without the necessity of posting a bond.  By, seeking or obtaining such
relief the Company  will not be precluded  from  seeking or obtaining  any other
relief to which it may be entitled.

12.  Attorney's  Fees.  In the event any party  shall  institute  any  action or
proceeding to enforce any provision of this Agreement or to seek relief from any
violation  of this  Agreement,  or to  otherwise  obtain any  judgment  or order
relating  to or  resulting  from  the  subject  matter  of this  Agreement,  the
prevailing  party  shall be  entitled  to  receive  from the  losing  party  the
prevailing  party's  actual  attorneys'  fees and costs incurred to prosecute or
defend such action or proceeding.

13.  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterpart,
each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which  together shall
constitute one and the same document.


14.  Severability.  Any term or provision of this Agreement  which is invalid or
unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective
to the extent of such invalidity or  unenforceability  without rendering invalid
or  unenforceable  the  remaining  terms and  provisions  of this  Agreement  or
affecting  the validity or  enforceability  of any of the terms or provisions of
this Agreement in any other jurisdiction.  If any provision of this Agreement is
determined  by a court  of  competent  jurisdiction  to be  unenforceable,  such
provision shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be enforceable.

15.  Further  Assurances.  Each party  hereto  shall  execute and  deliver  such
additional  documents and take any and all other action,  which may be necessary
or  appropriate  to carry out and  effectuate  the intents and  purposes of this
Agreement.


16. Third Party Beneficiaries.  Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied,
shall be construed to give any person other than the parties hereto any legal or
equitable right, remedy or claim pursuant to, or by reason of, this Agreement or
any provision contained herein.







- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                        Schedule D                           Page 88
                                Lock Up Agreement





IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the undersigned have caused this Agreement to be signed in
duplicate on the date specified in the preamble of this Agreement.

(Seal)                      INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.


                            Per:     (Signed by Kevin Mellor)
                                     ___________________________
                                     Director

                            Per:     ___________________________
                                     Director


                            IFG WORLD HOLDINGS INC.

(Seal)                      Per :    (Signed by GDA International Trustees Inc.)
                                     ___________________________
                                     Director

                            Per:     ___________________________
                                         Director














- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                        Schedule D                           Page 89
                                Lock Up Agreement























              SCHEDULE "E" - MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION





















- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                       Schedule E                            Page 90
                     Memorandum and Articles of Association






                        THE COMPANIES LAW (2000 REVISION)
                        ---------------------------------
                            COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES
                            -------------------------

                              MEMORANDUM & ARTICLES
                                       OF
                                   ASSOCIATION
                                       OF
                       INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
                  (Amended and restated as at 15th March 2001)













                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


                            MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

   The Name of the Company..................................................1
   The Registered Office of the Company.....................................1
   The Objects for which the Company is established.........................1
   The Liability of the Members.............................................2
   The Capital of the Company...............................................2

                             ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

   Table A..................................................................3
   Interpretation...........................................................3
   Preliminary..............................................................5
   Shares...................................................................5
   Variation Of Rights Attaching To Shares..................................5
   Certificates.............................................................6
   Fractional Shares........................................................6
   Lien.....................................................................6
   Calls On Shares..........................................................7
   Forfeiture Of Shares.....................................................8
   Transfer Of Shares.......................................................9
   Transmission Of Shares...................................................9
   Alteration Of Capital...................................................10
   Redemption And Purchase Of Own Shares...................................10
   Closing Register Of Members Or Fixing Record Date.......................11
   General Meetings........................................................11
   Notice Of General Meetings..............................................12
   Proceedings At General Meetings.........................................12
   Votes Of Members........................................................14
   Corporations Acting By Representatives At Meetings......................14
   Directors...............................................................15
   Alternate Director......................................................15
   Powers And Duties Of Directors..........................................16
   Borrowing Powers Of Directors...........................................17
   The Seal................................................................17
   Disqualification Of Directors...........................................18
   Proceedings Of Directors................................................18
   Dividends...............................................................21
   Accounts And Audit......................................................22
   Capitalisation Of Profits...............................................22
   Share Premium Account...................................................23
   Notices.................................................................23
   Indemnity...............................................................24

                                       i


   Non-Recognition Of Trusts...............................................25
   Winding Up..............................................................25
   Amendment Of Articles Of Association....................................26
   Registration By Way Of Continuation.....................................26


                                       ii



                        THE COMPANIES LAW (2000 REVISION)
                        ---------------------------------

                            COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES
                            -------------------------


                            MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION
                                       OF
                       INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
                  (Amended and restated as at 15th March 2001)


1.       The name of the Company is INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC..

2.       The Registered  Office of the Company will be situate at GRAND PAVILION
         COMMERCIAL CENTRE,  P.O. BOX 10098 APO, 802 WEST BAY ROAD, GEORGE TOWN,
         GRAND CAYMAN, CAYMAN ISLANDS or at such other location as the Directors
         may from time to time determine.

3.       The objects for which the Company is established are  unrestricted  and
         the Company shall have full power and authority to carry out any object
         not  prohibited by any law as provided by Section 7(4) of The Companies
         Law (2000 Revision).

4.       The Company shall have and be capable of  exercising  all the functions
         of a natural  person of full capacity  irrespective  of any question of
         corporate  benefit as provided by Section  27(2) of The  Companies  Law
         (2000 Revision).

5.       Nothing in the preceding sections shall be deemed to permit the Company
         to  carry on the  business  of a Bank or Trust  Company  without  being
         licensed in that  behalf  under the  provisions  of the Banks and Trust
         Companies Law (2000 Second Revision), or to carry on Insurance Business
         from within the Cayman Islands or the business of an Insurance Manager,
         Agent,  Sub-agent or Broker without being licensed in that behalf under
         the provisions of the Insurance Law (1999 Revision), or to carry on the
         business of Company  Management  without being  licensed in that behalf
         under the provisions of the Companies Management Law (2000 Revision).

6.       The Company will not trade in the Cayman Islands with any person,  firm
         or  corporation  except in  furtherance  of the business of the Company
         carried on outside the Cayman  Islands;  Provided  that nothing in this
         section  shall be  construed  as to prevent the Company  effecting  and
         concluding  contracts  in the Cayman  Islands,  and  exercising  in the
         Cayman  Islands all of its powers  necessary for the carrying on of its
         business outside the Cayman Islands.



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                       Schedule E                             Page 1
                     Memorandum and Articles of Association



7.       The liability of the  members is limited to the amount, if  any, unpaid
         on the shares respectively held by them.

8.        The capital of the Company is  US$50,000.00  divided  into  50,000,000
          ordinary  shares of a nominal or par value of US$0.001  each  provided
          always  that  subject to the  provisions  of The  Companies  Law (2000
          Revision) and the Articles of Association the Company shall have power
          to  redeem  or  purchase  any  of its  shares  and  to  sub-divide  or
          consolidate  the said  shares  or any of them and to issue  all or any
          part of its capital whether original,  redeemed,  increased or reduced
          with or without  any  preference,  priority  or special  privilege  or
          subject  to  any  postponement  of  rights  or to  any  conditions  or
          restrictions  whatsoever  and so that unless the  conditions  of issue
          shall otherwise expressly provide every issue of shares whether stated
          to be Ordinary, Preference or otherwise shall be subject to the powers
          on the part of the Company hereinbefore provided.

9.       The  Company may  exercise  the power  contained  in Section 224 of The
         Companies Law (2000  Revision) to deregister in the Cayman  Islands and
         be registered by way of continuation in some other jurisdiction.












- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                       Schedule E                             Page 2
                     Memorandum and Articles of Association



                        THE COMPANIES LAW (2000 Revision)

                            COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

                             ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
                                       OF
                       INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
                  (Amended and restated as at 15th March 2001)


                                     TABLE A


The Regulations  contained or incorporated in Table 'A' in the First Schedule of
the  Companies  Law (2000  Revision)  shall not  apply to this  Company  and the
following Articles shall comprise the Articles of Association of the Company:


INTERPRETATION

1.       In these Articles:


         "COMPANIES  LAW" means the Companies Law (2000  Revision) of the Cayman
         Islands and any statutory amendment or re-enactment thereof.  Where any
         provision of the Companies Law is referred to, the reference is to that
         provision as amended by any law for the time being in force;


         "DIRECTORS" and "BOARD OF DIRECTORS" means the Directors of the Company
         for the time being, or as the case may be, the Directors assembled as a
         Board or as a committee thereof;


         "MEMBER"  means a person  whose  name is  entered  in the  register  of
         members as the holder of a share or shares and includes each subscriber
         of the Memorandum  pending the issue to him of the subscriber  share or
         shares;


         "MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION" means the Memorandum of Association of the
         Company, as amended and re-stated from time to time;


         "ORDINARY RESOLUTION" means a resolution:

         (a)   passed by a simple majority of such Members as, being entitled to
               do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed,  by proxy at
               a general meeting of the Company and where a poll is taken regard
               shall be had in  computing  a majority  to the number of votes to
               which each Member is entitled; or

         (b)   approved in writing by all of the  Members  entitled to vote at a
               general  meeting of the Company in one or more  instruments  each
               signed by one or more of the  Members and the  effective  date of


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                       Schedule E                             Page 3
                     Memorandum and Articles of Association



               the  resolution  so  adopted  shall  be the  date  on  which  the
               instrument,  or the last of such instruments if more than one, is
               executed;

         "PAID UP" means paid up as to the par value and any premium  payable in
         respect  of the issue  of any  shares and includes credited as paid up;


         "REGISTER  OF MEMBERS"  means the register to be kept by the Company in
         accordance with Section 40 of the Companies Law;


         "SEAL"  means  the  Common  Seal of the Company including any facsimile
         thereof;


         "SHARE"  means  any  share  in  the capital of the Company, including a
         fraction of any share;


         "SIGNED" includes a signature or representation of a signature  affixed
         by mechanical means;


         "SPECIAL  RESOLUTION"  means a  resolution  passed in  accordance  with
         Section 60 of the Companies Law, being a resolution:

         (a)   passed by a majority of not less  than two-thirds of such Members
               as,  being  entitled  to do so,  vote in person or, where proxies
               are  allowed,  by  proxy  at a  general meeting of the Company of
               which notice  specifying  the intention to propose the resolution
               as a Special Resolution  has been duly given and where a poll is
               taken  regard  shall  be  had in  computing  a  majority  to  the
               number of votes to which each Member is entitled, or

         (b)   approved in writing by all of the  Members  entitled to vote at a
               general  meeting of the Company in one or more  instruments  each
               signed by one or more of the  Members and the  effective  date of
               the Special  Resolution so adopted shall be the date on which the
               instrument or the last of such  instruments  if more than one, is
               executed.

2.       In these Articles, save where the context requires otherwise:

         (a)   words  importing  the singular  number  shall  include the plural
               number and vice versa;

         (b)   words  importing  the  masculine  gender  only shall  include the
               feminine gender;

         (c)   words   importing   persons  only  shall  include   companies  or
               associations or bodies of persons, whether corporate or not;

         (d)   "may" shall be  construed  as  permissive  and  "shall"  shall be
               construed as imperative;


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                       Schedule E                             Page 4
                     Memorandum and Articles of Association



         (e)   a  reference  to a dollar or  dollars  (or $) is a  reference  to
               dollars of the United States; and

         (f)   references to a statutory  enactment  shall include  reference to
               any  amendment  or  re-enactment  thereof  for the time  being in
               force.

3.       Subject to the last two  preceding  Articles,  any words defined in the
         Companies Law shall, if not  inconsistent  with the subject or context,
         bear the same meaning in these Articles.


PRELIMINARY

4.       The   business  of  the  Company  may  be   commenced   as  soon  after
         incorporation as the Directors see fit,  notwithstanding that part only
         of the shares may have been allotted or issued.

5.       The  registered  office of the Company  shall be at such address in the
         Cayman Islands as the Directors shall from time to time determine.  The
         Company may in addition  establish  and maintain such other offices and
         places of business  and  agencies in such places as the  Directors  may
         from time to time determine.


SHARES

6.       Subject as  otherwise  provided  in these  Articles,  all shares in the
         capital  of the  Company  for the  time  being  and  from  time to time
         unissued  shall be  under  the  control  of the  Directors,  and may be
         re-designated,  allotted or disposed of in such manner, to such persons
         and on such terms as the  Directors in their  absolute  discretion  may
         think fit.

7.       The Company may in so far as may be  permitted by law, pay a commission
         to any  person in  consideration  of his  subscribing  or  agreeing  to
         subscribe  whether  absolutely or  conditionally  for any shares.  Such
         commissions may be satisfied by the payment of cash or the lodgement of
         fully or partly  paid-up  shares or partly in one way and partly in the
         other.  The Company may also on any issue of shares pay such  brokerage
         as may be lawful.


VARIATION OF RIGHTS ATTACHING TO SHARES

8.       If at any time the  share capital is divided into different  classes of
         shares,  the rights  attaching to any class (unless otherwise  provided
         by the terms of  issue of the  shares of that  class)  may be varied or
         abrogated  with  the consent in writing of the holders of two-thirds of
         the issued  shares of that class,  or with the sanction of a resolution
         passed by  at least a  two-thirds  majority of the holders of shares of
         the  class present in person or by proxy at a separate  general meeting
         of the  holders  of the shares of the  class.  To every  such  separate
         general  meeting the  provisions of these Articles  relating to general
         meetings of the Company shall mutatis  mutandis apply, but  so that the
         necessary  quorum shall be at least one person  holding or representing
         by proxy at least one-third of the issued  shares of the class and that


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                       Schedule E                             Page 5
                     Memorandum and Articles of Association



         any  holder of shares of the class  present  in  person or by proxy may
         demand a poll.

9.       The rights conferred upon the holders of the shares of any class issued
         with preferred or other rights shall not,  unless  otherwise  expressly
         provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that  class,  be deemed
         to be varied or abrogated  by the  creation or issue of further  shares
         ranking pari passu therewith or the redemption or purchase of shares of
         any class by the Company.


CERTIFICATES

10.      Every  person  whose  name is entered  as a member in the  Register  of
         Members  shall,  without  payment,  be entitled to a certificate in the
         form  determined by the Directors.  Such  certificate  may be under the
         Seal. All  certificates  shall specify the share or shares held by that
         person and the amount  paid up thereon,  provided  that in respect of a
         share or shares held jointly by several  persons the Company  shall not
         be  bound  to  issue  more  than one  certificate,  and  delivery  of a
         certificate  for a share  to one of  several  joint  holders  shall  be
         sufficient delivery to all.

11.      If a share certificate is defaced, lost or  destroyed it may be renewed
         on such terms,  if any, as to evidence  and  indemnity as the Directors
         think fit.


FRACTIONAL SHARES

12.      The  Directors  may issue  fractions of a share of any class of shares,
         and, if so issued,  a fraction of a share  (calculated to three decimal
         points)  shall be subject to and carry the  corresponding  fraction  of
         liabilities  (whether  with  respect  to  any  unpaid  amount  thereon,
         contribution,   calls   or   otherwise),   limitations,    preferences,
         privileges,  qualifications,  restrictions,  rights (including, without
         limitation,  voting and participation rights) and other attributes of a
         whole share of the same class of shares. If more than one fraction of a
         share of the same  class is issued to or  acquired  by the same  Member
         such fractions  shall be  accumulated.  For the avoidance of doubt,  in
         these  Articles the  expression  "share"  shall include a fraction of a
         share.


LIEN

13.      The Company shall have a first  priority lien and charge on every share
         (not being a fully paid up share)  for all  moneys  (whether  presently
         payable  or not)  called or  payable at a fixed time in respect of that
         share, and the Company shall also have a first priority lien and charge
         on all shares (other than fully paid up shares) standing  registered in
         the name of a single person for all moneys presently  payable by him or
         his estate to the Company,  but the  Directors  may at any time declare
         any share to be wholly or in part  exempt from the  provisions  of this
         Article.  The  Company's  lien,  if any, on a share shall extend to all
         dividends payable thereon.

14.      The Company may sell,  in such manner as the  Directors  think fit, any
         shares  on which  the  Company  has a lien,  but no sale  shall be made
         unless  some sum in  respect  of which  the lien  exists  is  presently


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                       Schedule E                             Page 6
                     Memorandum and Articles of Association



         payable nor until the  expiration of 14 days after a notice in writing,
         stating and demanding  payment of such part of the amount in respect of
         which the lien exists as is  presently  payable,  has been given to the
         registered  holder  for the time  being of the  share,  or the  persons
         entitled thereto by reason of his death or bankruptcy.

15.      For giving effect to any such sale the  Directors  may  authorise  some
         person to  transfer  the  shares  sold to the  purchaser  thereof.  The
         purchaser shall be registered as the holder of the shares  comprised in
         any such  transfer and he shall not be bound to see to the  application
         of the purchase money, nor shall his title to the shares be affected by
         any  irregularity  or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the
         sale.

16.      The  proceeds  of the sale shall be received by the Company and applied
         in  payment  of such part of the  amount in  respect  of which the lien
         exists as is presently  payable,  and the residue  shall  (subject to a
         like lien for sums not  presently  payable as  existed  upon the shares
         prior to the sale) be paid to the person  entitled to the shares at the
         date of the sale.


CALLS ON SHARES

17.      The  Directors  may from time to time make  calls  upon the  Members in
         respect of any moneys  unpaid on their  shares,  and each Member  shall
         (subject to  receiving at least 14 days notice  specifying  the time or
         times of payment)  pay to the Company at the time or times so specified
         the amount called on his shares.

18.      The joint holders of a  share shall be jointly and severally  liable to
         pay calls in respect thereof.

19.      If a sum called in respect of a share is not paid  before or on the day
         appointed  for  payment  thereof,  the person  from whom the sum is due
         shall pay  interest  upon the sum at the rate of eight per  centum  per
         annum from the day appointed for the payment thereof to the time of the
         actual payment,  but the Directors shall be at liberty to waive payment
         of that interest wholly or in part.

20.      The  provisions of these  Articles as to the liability of joint holders
         and as to payment of interest shall apply in the case of non-payment of
         any sum which,  by the terms of issue of a share,  becomes payable at a
         fixed time, whether on account of the amount of the share, or by way of
         premium,  as if the same had  become  payable  by virtue of a call duly
         made and notified.

21.      The  Directors  may make  arrangements  on the  issue of  shares  for a
         difference between the Members, or the particular shares, in the amount
         of calls to be paid and in the times of payment.

22.      The Directors  may, if they think fit,  receive from any member willing
         to advance the same all or any part of the moneys  uncalled  and unpaid
         upon any  shares  held by him,  and upon  all or any of the  moneys  so


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                       Schedule E                             Page 7
                     Memorandum and Articles of Association



         advanced  may  (until  the same  would,  but for such  advance,  become
         presently payable) pay interest at such rate (not exceeding without the
         sanction of an Ordinary  Resolution,  eight per cent. per annum) as may
         be agreed  upon  between  the Member  paying the sum in advance and the
         Directors.


FORFEITURE OF SHARES

23.      If a Member  fails to pay any call or  instalment  of a call on the day
         appointed  for  payment  thereof,   the  Directors  may,  at  any  time
         thereafter  during  such  time as any part of such  call or  instalment
         remains unpaid,  serve a notice on him requiring  payment of so much of
         the call or instalment as is unpaid,  together with any interest  which
         may have accrued.

24.      The notice shall name a further day (not earlier than the expiration of
         14 days from the date of the  notice)  on or before  which the  payment
         required by the notice is to be made, and shall state that in the event
         of non-payment at or before the time appointed the shares in respect of
         which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.

25.      If the  requirements  of any such notice as aforesaid  are not complied
         with,  any share in  respect  of which the notice has been given may at
         any time  thereafter,  before the  payment  required by notice has been
         made, be forfeited by a resolution of the Directors to that effect.

26.      A forfeited  share may be sold or  otherwise  disposed of on such terms
         and in such manner as the Directors think fit, and at any time before a
         sale or  disposition  the  forfeiture may be cancelled on such terms as
         the Directors think fit.

27.      A person whose shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a Member in
         respect of the forfeited  shares,  but shall,  notwithstanding,  remain
         liable to pay to the Company all moneys which at the date of forfeiture
         were  payable by him to the Company in respect of the  shares,  but his
         liability shall cease if and when the Company  receives payment in full
         of the fully paid up amount of the shares.

28.      A statutory  declaration in writing that the declarant is a Director of
         the Company, and that a share in the Company has been duly forfeited on
         a date stated in the declaration,  shall be conclusive  evidence of the
         facts therein stated as against all persons  claiming to be entitled to
         the share. The Company may receive the consideration, if any, given for
         the share on any sale or disposition thereof and may execute a transfer
         of the  share in  favour  of the  person  to whom the  share is sold or
         disposed of and he shall  thereupon be  registered as the holder of the
         share, and shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase
         money,  if any,  nor shall his  title to the share be  affected  by any
         irregularity  or  invalidity  in the  proceedings  in  reference to the
         forfeiture, sale or disposal of the share.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                       Schedule E                             Page 8
                     Memorandum and Articles of Association



29.      The  provisions of these  Articles as to forfeiture  shall apply in the
         case of  non-payment  of any sum which by the terms of issue of a share
         becomes due and payable, whether on account of the amount of the share,
         or by way of  premium,  as if the same had been  payable by virtue of a
         call duly made and notified.


TRANSFER OF SHARES

30.      The instrument of transfer of any share shall be in any usual or common
         form or such other form as the Directors may approve and executed by or
         on behalf of the  transferor  and if in respect of a nil or partly paid
         up share or if so required by the  Directors  shall also be executed on
         behalf of the transferee and shall be accompanied by the certificate of
         the shares to which it relates and such other evidence as the Directors
         may reasonably  require to show the right of the transferor to make the
         transfer.  The  transferor  shall be  deemed  to remain a holder of the
         share until the name of the  transferee  is entered in the  Register of
         Members in respect thereof.

31.      The  registration  of transfers  may be suspended at such times and for
         such periods as the Directors may from time to time determine, provided
         always that such  registration  shall not be suspended for more than 45
         days in any year.

32.      All instruments of transfer which shall be registered shall be retained
         by the Company.


TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

33.      The legal personal  representative of a deceased sole holder of a share
         shall be the only person  recognised by the Company as having any title
         to the share.  In the case of a share  registered in the name of two or
         more  holders,  the  survivors  or  survivor,  or  the  legal  personal
         representatives  of the  deceased  survivor,  shall be the only  person
         recognised by the Company as having any title to the share.

34.      Any person becoming  entitled to a share in consequence of the death or
         bankruptcy of a Member shall upon such evidence  being  produced as may
         from time to time be properly required by the Directors, have the right
         either to be registered as a member in respect of the share or, instead
         of being registered  himself, to make such transfer of the share as the
         deceased or bankrupt person could have made.

35.      A  person  becoming  entitled  to a share  by  reason  of the  death or
         bankruptcy  of the holder shall be entitled to the same  dividends  and
         other  advantages  to  which  he  would  be  entitled  if he  were  the
         registered holder of the share,  except that he shall not, before being
         registered as a Member in respect of the share,  be entitled in respect
         of it to exercise  any right  conferred  by  membership  in relation to
         meetings of the Company.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                       Schedule E                             Page 9
                     Memorandum and Articles of Association



ALTERATION OF CAPITAL

36.      The Company may from time to time by Ordinary  Resolution  increase the
         share  capital by such sum, to be divided  into shares of such  classes
         and amount, as the resolution shall prescribe.

37.      The Company may by Ordinary Resolution:

         (a)   consolidate  and  divide  all or any of its  share  capital  into
               shares of larger amount than its existing shares;

         (b)   convert all or any of its paid up shares into stock and reconvert
               that stock into paid up shares of any denomination;

         (c)   subdivide  its existing  shares,  or any of them into shares of a
               smaller amount  provided that in the  subdivision  the proportion
               between the amount paid and the  amount,  if any,  unpaid on each
               reduced  share  shall be the same as it was in case of the  share
               from which the reduced share is derived;

         (d)   cancel  any  shares  which,  at the  date of the  passing  of the
               resolution,  have not been  taken  or  agreed  to be taken by any
               person and diminish the amount of its share capital by the amount
               of the shares so cancelled.

38.      The Company may by Special Resolution reduce its share capital and any
         capital redemption reserve in any manner authorised by law.


REDEMPTION AND PURCHASE OF OWN SHARES

39.      Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, the Company may:

         (a)   issue  shares on terms that they are to be redeemed or are liable
               to be redeemed at the option of the Company or the Member on such
               terms and in such manner as the Directors  may,  before the issue
               of such shares, determine;

         (b)   purchase its own shares (including any redeemable shares) on such
               terms and in such manner as the Directors may determine and agree
               with the Member; and

         (c)   make a payment in respect of the  redemption  or  purchase of its
               own shares  otherwise  than out of profits or the  proceeds  of a
               fresh issue of shares.

40.      Any share in respect of which notice of redemption has been given shall
         not be entitled to participate in the profits of the Company in respect
         of the period after the date specified as the date of redemption in the
         notice of redemption.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                       Schedule E                            Page 10
                     Memorandum and Articles of Association



41.      The  redemption  or  purchase of any share shall not be  deemed to give
         rise to the redemption or purchase of any other share.

42.      The  Directors  may when making  payments in respect of  redemption  or
         purchase of shares,  if  authorised by the terms of issue of the shares
         being redeemed or purchased or with the agreement of the holder of such
         shares, make such payment either in cash or in specie.


CLOSING REGISTER OF MEMBERS OR FIXING RECORD DATE

43.      For the  purpose of  determining  those  Members  that are  entitled to
         receive  notice  of,  attend or vote at any  meeting  of Members or any
         adjournment  thereof,  or those  Members  that are  entitled to receive
         payment of any dividend,  or in order to make a determination as to who
         is a Member for any other  purpose,  the Directors may provide that the
         Register of Members  shall be closed for  transfers for a stated period
         but not to exceed in any case 40 days. If the Register of Members shall
         be so closed for the  purpose of  determining  those  Members  that are
         entitled to receive  notice of,  attend or vote at a meeting of Members
         such  register  shall be so  closed  for at  least 10 days  immediately
         preceding such meeting and the record date for such determination shall
         be the date of the closure of the Register of Members.

44.      In lieu of or apart from closing the Register of Members, the Directors
         may fix in advance a date as the record date for any such determination
         of those Members that are entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote
         at a meeting of the Members and for the  purpose of  determining  those
         Members  that are  entitled  to  receive  payment of any  dividend  the
         Directors may, at or within 90 days prior to the date of declaration of
         such  dividend  fix a  subsequent  date as the  record  date  for  such
         determination.

45.      If the Register of Members is not so closed and no record date is fixed
         for the  determination  of those Members entitled to receive notice of,
         attend  or vote at a  meeting  of  Members  or those  Members  that are
         entitled to receive payment of a dividend,  the date on which notice of
         the  meeting  is  posted  or the date on which  the  resolution  of the
         Directors declaring such dividend is adopted, as the case may be, shall
         be  the  record  date  for  such  determination  of  Members.   When  a
         determination  of those Members that are entitled to receive notice of,
         attend or vote at a meeting of  Members  has been made as  provided  in
         this  section,  such  determination  shall  apply  to  any  adjournment
         thereof.


GENERAL MEETINGS

46.      The Directors may, whenever they think fit,  convene a general meeting
         of the Company.

47.      General  meetings shall also be convened on the written  requisition of
         any  Member or Members  entitled to attend and vote at general meetings
         of  the  Company  who  hold  not  less  than 10 per cent of the paid up


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                       Schedule E                            Page 11
                     Memorandum and Articles of Association



         voting  share capital of the Company deposited at the registered office
         of  the  Company  specifying  the  objects of the meeting for a date no
         later than 21  days from the date of deposit of the requisition  signed
         by  the  requisitionists,  and if the  Directors  do not  convene  such
         meeting  for a  date  not  later  than 45 days  after  the date of such
         deposit,  the   requisitionists  themselves  may  convene  the  general
         meeting in the same manner,  as nearly  as  possible,  as that in which
         meetings  may be convened by the Directors, and all reasonable expenses
         incurred  by  the  requisitionists  as a result of the  failure  of the
         Directors shall be reimbursed to them by the Company.

48.      If at any time there are no Directors  of the Company,  any two Members
         (or if there is only one Member then that  Member)  entitled to vote at
         general  meetings of the  Company may convene a general  meeting in the
         same  manner as nearly as  possible  as that in which  meetings  may be
         convened by the Directors.


NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS

49.      At least seven days notice  counting from the date service is deemed to
         take place as provided in these Articles  specifying the place, the day
         and the hour of the  meeting  and,  in case of  special  business,  the
         general nature of that business,  shall be given in manner  hereinafter
         provided or in such other manner (if any) as may be  prescribed  by the
         Company by  Ordinary  Resolution  to such  persons as are,  under these
         Articles,  entitled to receive such notices from the Company,  but with
         the  consent of all the  Members  entitled  to  receive  notice of some
         particular  meeting and attend and vote  thereat,  that  meeting may be
         convened by such shorter notice or without notice and in such manner as
         those Members may think fit.

50.      The  accidental  omission  to  give  notice  of  a  meeting  to or  the
         non-receipt  of  a  notice  of  a  meeting  by  any  Member  shall  not
         invalidate the proceedings at any meeting.


PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS

51.      All business  carried out at a general  meeting shall be deemed special
         with the exception of sanctioning a dividend,  the consideration of the
         accounts,  balance sheets, and ordinary report of the Directors and the
         Company's  auditors,  and the  appointment and removal of Directors and
         the fixing of the  remuneration of the Company's  auditors.  No special
         business shall be transacted at any general meeting without the consent
         of all Members entitled to receive notice of that meeting unless notice
         of such special  business has been given in the notice  convening  that
         meeting.

52.      No business shall be transacted at any general  meeting unless a quorum
         of  Members  is  present  at the time  when  the  meeting  proceeds  to
         business.  Save as otherwise  provided by these  Articles,  one or more
         Members holding at least a majority of the paid up voting share capital
         of the Company present in person or by proxy shall be a quorum.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                       Schedule E                            Page 12
                     Memorandum and Articles of Association



53.      If within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum
         is not  present,  the  meeting,  if convened  upon the  requisition  of
         Members, shall be dissolved. In any other case it shall stand adjourned
         to the same day in the next week, at the same time and place, and if at
         the adjourned  meeting a quorum is not present within half an hour from
         the time  appointed  for the meeting the Member or Members  present and
         entitled to vote shall be a quorum.

54.      The  chairman,  if  any,  of  the  Board  of Directors shall preside as
         chairman at every general meeting of the Company.

55.      If there is no such  chairman,  or if at any  meeting he is not present
         within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting
         or is unwilling to act as chairman,  the Members  present  shall choose
         one of their number to be chairman.

56.      The  chairman  may with the consent of any meeting at which a quorum is
         present  (and shall if so  directed by the  meeting)  adjourn a meeting
         from time to time and from  place to place,  but no  business  shall be
         transacted  at any  adjourned  meeting  other  than the  business  left
         unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place. When a
         meeting  is  adjourned  for 10 days or more,  notice  of the  adjourned
         meeting shall be given as in the case of an original  meeting.  Save as
         aforesaid  it  shall  not  be  necessary  to  give  any  notice  of  an
         adjournment  or of  the  business  to  be  transacted  at an  adjourned
         meeting.

57.      At any  general  meeting a  resolution  put to the vote of the  meeting
         shall be decided on a show of hands, unless a poll is (before or on the
         declaration of the result of the show of hands) demanded by one or more
         Members present in person or by proxy entitled to vote and who together
         hold not less than 10 per cent of the paid up voting  share  capital of
         the Company,  and unless a poll is so demanded,  a  declaration  by the
         chairman that a resolution  has, on a show of hands,  been carried,  or
         carried unanimously, or by a particular majority, or lost, and an entry
         to that effect in the book of the proceedings of the Company,  shall be
         conclusive  evidence  of the  fact,  without  proof  of the  number  or
         proportion  of the votes  recorded  in  favour  of,  or  against,  that
         resolution.

58.      If a poll is duly  demanded  it shall be  taken in such  manner  as the
         chairman directs,  and the result of the poll shall be deemed to be the
         resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded.

59.      In the case of an equality of votes, whether on a show of hands or on a
         poll,  the  chairman  of the  meeting at which the show of hands  takes
         place or at which the poll is  demanded,  shall be entitled to a second
         or casting vote.

60.      A poll  demanded  on the  election  of a chairman  or on a question  of
         adjournment  shall be taken  forthwith.  A poll  demanded  on any other
         question  shall be taken at such time as the  chairman  of the  meeting
         directs.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                       Schedule E                            Page 13
                     Memorandum and Articles of Association



VOTES OF MEMBERS

61.      Subject to any rights and  restrictions  for the time being attached to
         any class or classes of shares, on a show of hands every Member present
         in person and every  person  representing  a Member by proxy shall at a
         general meeting of the Company have one vote and on a poll every Member
         and every person representing a Member by proxy shall have one vote for
         each  share  of  which  he or the  person  represented  by proxy is the
         holder.

62.      In the case of joint  holders the vote of the senior who tenders a vote
         whether in person or by proxy shall be accepted to the exclusion of the
         votes of the joint  holders  and for this  purpose  seniority  shall be
         determined  by the order in which the names  stand in the  Register  of
         Members.

63.      A Member of unsound  mind, or in respect of whom an order has been made
         by any court having jurisdiction in lunacy, may vote, whether on a show
         of hands or on a poll, by his committee,  or other person in the nature
         of a committee appointed by that court, and any such committee or other
         person, may on a poll, vote by proxy.

64.      No Member shall be entitled to vote at any general  meeting  unless all
         calls or other  sums  presently  payable by him in respect of shares in
         the Company have been paid.

65.      On a poll votes may be given either personally or by proxy.

66.      The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing under the hand of
         the appointor or of his attorney duly  authorised in writing or, if the
         appointor is a  corporation,  either under seal or under the hand of an
         officer or attorney  duly  authorised.  A proxy need not be a Member of
         the Company.

67.      An instrument appointing a proxy may be in  any usual or common form or
         such other form as the Directors may approve.

68.      The  instrument  appointing a proxy shall be deemed to confer authority
         to demand or join in demanding a poll.

69.      A  resolution  in writing  signed by all the Members for the time being
         entitled  to  receive  notice  of and to  attend  and  vote at  general
         meetings   (or   being    corporations   by   their   duly   authorised
         representatives)  shall be as valid  and  effective  as if the same had
         been passed at a general meeting of the Company duly convened and held.


CORPORATIONS ACTING BY REPRESENTATIVES AT MEETINGS

70.      Any  corporation  which is a Member or a Director may by  resolution of
         its  directors  or other  governing  body  authorise  such person as it
         thinks fit to act as its  representative  at any meeting of the Company


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                       Schedule E                            Page 14
                     Memorandum and Articles of Association



         or of any  class  of  Members  or of the  Board  of  Directors  or of a
         committee of Directors,  and the person so authorised shall be entitled
         to  exercise  the same  powers on behalf  of the  corporation  which he
         represents as that corporation  could exercise if it were an individual
         Member or Director.


DIRECTORS

71.      The name of the first Director(s) shall either be determined in writing
         by a majority (or in the case of a sole subscriber that subscriber) of,
         or  elected at a meeting  of,  the  subscribers  of the  Memorandum  of
         Association.

72.      The  Company  may by  Ordinary  Resolution  appoint any  person to be a
         Director.

73.      Subject to the  provisions  of these  Articles,  a Director  shall hold
         office  until such time as he is removed  from office by the Company by
         Ordinary Resolution.

74.      The  Company  may by  Ordinary  Resolution  from  time to time  fix the
         maximum and minimum number of Directors to be appointed but unless such
         number  is  fixed  as  aforesaid  the  number  of  Directors  shall  be
         unlimited.

75.      The remuneration of the Directors shall from time to time be determined
         by the Company by Ordinary Resolution.

76.      The  shareholding  qualification  for  Directors  may  be  fixed by the
         Company by Ordinary  Resolution  and unless and until so
         fixed no share qualification shall be required.

77.      The  Directors  shall  have  power at any time and from time to time to
         appoint a person as Director, either as a result of a casual vacancy or
         as an  additional  Director,  subject  to the  maximum  number (if any)
         imposed by the Company by Ordinary Resolution.


ALTERNATE DIRECTOR

78.      Any Director may in writing  appoint another person to be his alternate
         to act in his  place at any  meeting  of the  Directors  at which he is
         unable to be present.  Every such alternate shall be entitled to notice
         of  meetings  of the  Directors  and to attend  and vote  thereat  as a

         Director when the person  appointing him is not personally  present and
         where  he is a  Director  to  have a  separate  vote on  behalf  of the
         Director he is representing in addition to his own vote. A Director may
         at any time in writing revoke the appointment of an alternate appointed
         by him. Such alternate shall not be an officer of the Company and shall
         be  deemed  to be  the  agent  of  the  Director  appointing  him.  The
         remuneration of such alternate shall be payable out of the remuneration
         of the Director  appointing  him and the  proportion  thereof  shall be
         agreed between them.

79.      Any Director may appoint any person,  whether or not a Director,  to be
         the  proxy  of that  Director  to  attend  and vote on his  behalf,  in


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                       Schedule E                            Page 15
                     Memorandum and Articles of Association



         accordance with instructions given by that Director,  or in the absence
         of such  instructions  at the discretion of the proxy,  at a meeting or
         meetings  of the  Directors  which  that  Director  is unable to attend
         personally.  The  instrument  appointing  the proxy shall be in writing
         under the hand of the appointing  Director and shall be in any usual or
         common form or such other form as the Directors  may approve,  and must
         be lodged with the  chairman of the meeting of the  Directors  at which
         such proxy is to be used, or first used,  prior to the  commencement of
         the meeting.


POWERS AND DUTIES OF DIRECTORS

80.      Subject to the  provisions of the Companies  Law, these Articles and to
         any resolutions made in a general meeting,  the business of the Company
         shall be managed by the Directors, who may pay all expenses incurred in
         setting up and  registering  the Company and may exercise all powers of
         the Company. No resolution made by the Company in general meeting shall
         invalidate  any prior act of the Directors  which would have been valid
         if that resolution had not been made.

81.      The Directors may from time to time  appoint any person, whether or not
         a  director  of the  Company to hold such  office in the Company as the
         Directors may  think necessary for the  administration  of the Company,
         including  without prejudice to the foregoing generality, the office of
         President,   one  or   more   Vice-Presidents,   Treasurer,   Assistant
         Treasurer,  Manager  or  Controller,  and for  such  term  and  at such
         remuneration  (whether by way  of salary or commission or participation
         in profits or partly in one  way and partly in another),  and with such
         powers and duties as the  Directors  may  think fit. The  Directors may
         also  appoint  one or more of their  number to  the office of  Managing
         Director  upon like terms,  but any such  appointment  shall ipso facto
         determine  if any  Managing  Director  ceases  from any  cause  to be a
         Director,  or if the Company by Ordinary  Resolution resolves  that his
         tenure of office be terminated.

82.      The Directors  shall appoint the Company  Secretary  (and if need be an
         Assistant Secretary or Assistant Secretaries) who shall hold office for
         such term, at such  remuneration and upon such conditions and with such
         powers as they think fit.  Any  Secretary  or  Assistant  Secretary  so
         appointed by the Directors may be removed by the Directors.

83.      The Directors may delegate any of their powers to committees consisting
         of such  member  or  members  of  their  body as they  think  fit;  any
         committee  so formed  shall in the  exercise of the powers so delegated
         conform to any regulations that may be imposed on it by the Directors.

84.      The  Directors  may  from  time to time  and at any  time by  power  of
         attorney  appoint  any  company,  firm or  person  or body of  persons,
         whether  nominated  directly or indirectly by the Directors,  to be the
         attorney or  attorneys  of the Company for such  purposes and with such
         powers,  authorities  and discretion  (not exceeding those vested in or
         exercisable by the Directors  under these Articles) and for such period


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                       Schedule E                            Page 16
                     Memorandum and Articles of Association



         and  subject to such  conditions  as they may think  fit,  and any such
         power of attorney may contain such  provisions  for the  protection and
         convenience of persons  dealing with any such attorney as the Directors
         may think fit, and may also authorise any such attorney to delegate all
         or any of the powers, authorities and discretion vested in him.

85.      The Directors may from,  time to time provide for the management of the
         affairs of the  Company in such  manner as they shall think fit and the
         provisions  contained in the three next following  paragraphs  shall be
         without prejudice to the general powers conferred by this paragraph.

86.      The  Directors  from  time to time and at any time  may  establish  any
         committees, local boards or agencies for managing any of the affairs of
         the  company  and  may  appoint  any  persons  to be  members  of  such
         committees  or local  boards and may appoint any  managers or agents of
         the Company and may fix the remuneration of any of the aforesaid.

87.      The  Directors  from time to time and at any time may  delegate  to any
         such  committee,  local  board,  manager  or agent  any of the  powers,
         authorities  and discretions for the time being vested in the Directors
         and may  authorise  the  members  for the time  being of any such local
         board,  or any of  them to fill  up any  vacancies  therein  and to act
         notwithstanding vacancies and any such appointment or delegation may be
         made on such terms and subject to such  conditions as the Directors may
         think  fit and the  Directors  may at any time  remove  any  person  so
         appointed  and may  annul or vary any such  delegation,  but no  person
         dealing  in good  faith and  without  notice of any such  annulment  or
         variation shall be affected thereby.

88.      Any such delegates as aforesaid may be  authorised by  the Directors to
         subdelegate all or any of the powers,  authorities,  and discretion for
         the time being vested to them.


BORROWING POWERS OF DIRECTORS

89.      The  Directors  may  exercise  all the powers of the  Company to borrow
         money and to mortgage or charge its undertaking,  property and uncalled
         capital or any part thereof,  to issue debentures,  debenture stock and
         other  securities  whenever  money is borrowed  or as security  for any
         debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.


THE SEAL

90.      The Seal of the Company shall not be affixed to any  instrument  except
         by the  authority  of a resolution  of the Board of Directors  provided
         always that such  authority may be given prior to or after the affixing
         of the Seal and if given  after may be in  general  form  confirming  a
         number of  affixings  of the Seal.  The Seal  shall be  affixed  in the
         presence of a Director or the Secretary (or an Assistant  Secretary) of
         the  Company  or in the  presence  of any  one or more  persons  as the


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                       Schedule E                            Page 17
                     Memorandum and Articles of Association



         Directors  may appoint for the  purpose and every  person as  aforesaid
         shall  sign  every  instrument  to which the Seal of the  Company is so
         affixed in their presence.

91.      The Company may  maintain a facsimile of its Seal in such  countries or
         places as  the Directors may appoint and such  facsimile Seal shall not
         be affixed to any  instrument  except  by the authority of a resolution
         of the Board  of Directors  provided  always that such authority may be
         given  prior  to or after the  affixing of such  facsimile  Seal and if
         given  after may be in general form confirming a number of affixings of
         such  facsimile  Seal.  The  facsimile  Seal  shall  be  affixed in the
         presence  of such  person or persons as  the  Directors  shall for this
         purpose  appoint  and such person  or persons as  aforesaid  shall sign
         every  instrument  to  which the  facsimile  Seal of the  Company is so
         affixed in  their  presence and such affixing of the facsimile Seal and
         signing as  aforesaid  shall have the same meaning and effect as if the
         Company  Seal had been  affixed in the  presence of and the  instrument
         signed  by a Director or the Secretary  (or an Assistant  Secretary) of
         the  Company  or  in the  presence  of any one or more  persons  as the
         Directors may appoint for the purpose.

92.      Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary
         shall have the authority to affix the Seal,  or the facsimile  Seal, to
         any instrument for the purposes of attesting authenticity of the matter
         contained  therein but which does not create any obligation  binding on
         the Company.


DISQUALIFICATION OF DIRECTORS

93.      The office of Director shall be vacated, if the Director:

         (a)   becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with
               his creditors;

         (b)   is found to be or becomes of unsound mind; or

         (c)   resigns his office by notice in writing to the Company.


PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

94.      The Directors may meet  together  (either  within or without the Cayman
         Islands) for the despatch of business,  adjourn, and otherwise regulate
         their meetings and proceedings as they think fit.  Questions arising at
         any  meeting  shall be decided by a  majority  of votes.  In case of an
         equality of votes the chairman  shall have a second or casting  vote. A
         Director  may,  and  the  Secretary  or  Assistant   Secretary  on  the
         requisition  of a Director  shall,  at any time summon a meeting of the
         Directors.

95.      A Director or Directors may  participate in any meeting of the Board of
         Directors,  or of any committee  appointed by the Board of Directors of
         which such Director or Directors are members,  by means of telephone or
         similar   communication   equipment   by  way  of  which  all   persons


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                       Schedule E                            Page 18
                     Memorandum and Articles of Association



         participating   in  such   meeting   can  hear  each   other  and  such
         participation  shall be deemed to constitute  presence in person at the
         meeting.

96.      The  quorum  necessary  for  the  transaction  of the  business  of the
         Directors may be fixed by the Directors,  and unless so fixed, if there
         be more than two  Directors  shall be two,  and if there be two or less
         Directors  shall  be one.  A  Director  represented  by  proxy or by an
         Alternate Director at any meeting shall be deemed to be present for the
         purposes of determining whether or not a quorum is present.

97.      A  Director  who  is  in  any  way,  whether  directly  or  indirectly,
         interested  in  a contract or proposed  contract with the Company shall
         declare  the nature of his  interest at a meeting of the  Directors.  A
         general  notice  given  to the  Directors by any Director to the effect
         that he  is a  member  of any  specified  company  or firm and is to be
         regarded  as  interested in any contract  which may  thereafter be made
         with  that company or firm shall be deemed a sufficient  declaration of
         interest  in regard to any  contract so made.  A Director  may  vote in
         respect  of   any   contract  or  proposed   contract  or   arrangement
         notwithstanding  that  he may be  interested  therein and if he does so
         his vote  shall be  counted  and he may be counted in the quorum at any
         meeting  of  the  Directors  at which  any such  contract  or  proposed
         contract    or   arrangement   shall   come   before  the  meeting  for
         consideration.

98.      A  Director  may hold any  other  office  or place of profit  under the
         Company  (other than  the office of auditor)  in  conjunction  with his
         office  of  Director  for  such   period  and  on  such  terms  (as  to
         remuneration  and  otherwise)  as the  Directors  may  determine and no
         Director or intending  Director  shall  be  disqualified  by his office
         from  contracting with the Company either  with regard to his tenure of
         any such other  office or place of profit  or as vendor,  purchaser  or
         otherwise,  nor shall any such  contract or arrangement entered into by
         or on  behalf  of the  Company  in  which  any  Director  is in any way
         interested,  be  liable  to be  avoided,  nor  shall  any  Director  so
         contracting or being  so interested be liable to account to the Company
         for any profit  realised  by any such contract or arrangement by reason
         of such  Director  holding  that office  or of the  fiduciary  relation
         thereby established. A Director,  notwithstanding  his interest, may be
         counted in the quorum  present at  any meeting  whereat he or any other
         Director is appointed to hold  any such office or place of profit under
         the Company or whereat the  terms of any such  appointment are arranged
         and he may vote on any  such appointment or arrangement.

99.      Any Director may act by himself or his firm in a professional  capacity
         for the Company,  and he or his firm shall be entitled to  remuneration
         for professional  services as if he were not a Director;  provided that
         nothing herein  contained shall authorise a Director or his firm to act
         as auditor to the Company.

100.     The  Directors  shall  cause  minutes to be made in books or loose-leaf
         folders provided for the purpose of  recording:


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                       Schedule E                            Page 19
                     Memorandum and Articles of Association



         (a)   all appointments of officers made by the Directors;

         (b)   the  names  of  the  Directors  present  at  each  meeting of the
               Directors and of any committee of the Directors;

         (c)   all  resolutions  and proceedings at all meetings of the Company,
               and of the Directors and of committees of Directors.

101.     When the  chairman of a meeting of the  Directors  signs the minutes of
         such  meeting  the  same  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been  duly  held
         notwithstanding  that all the Directors have not actually come together
         or that there may have been a technical defect in the proceedings.

102.     A  resolution  signed  by all  the  Directors  shall  be as  valid  and
         effectual as if it had been passed at a meeting of the  Directors  duly
         called and constituted. When signed a resolution may consist of several
         documents each signed by one or more of the Directors.

103.     The continuing  Directors may act  notwithstanding any vacancy in their
         body but if and so long as their  number is  reduced  below the  number
         fixed by or  pursuant to the  Articles of the Company as the  necessary
         quorum of Directors,  the continuing  Directors may act for the purpose
         of  increasing  the number,  or of  summoning a general  meeting of the
         Company, but for no other purpose.

104.     The Directors may elect a chairman of their  meetings and determine the
         period  for  which  he is to hold  office  but if no such  chairman  is
         elected,  or if at any  meeting  the  chairman  is not  present  within
         fifteen  minutes  after the time  appointed  for holding the same,  the
         Directors  present may choose one of their number to be chairman of the
         meeting.

105.     A  committee  appointed  by the  Directors  may elect a chairman of its
         meetings.  If no such  chairman  is  elected,  or if at any meeting the
         chairman is not present  within five minutes  after the time  appointed
         for  holding  the same,  the  members  present  may choose one of their
         number to be chairman of the meeting.

106.     A  committee  appointed  by the  Directors  may meet and  adjourn as it
         thinks proper.  Questions arising at any meeting shall be determined by
         a majority of votes of the committee  members present and in case of an
         equality of votes the chairman shall have a second or casting vote.

107.     All acts done by any  meeting of the  Directors  or of a  committee  of
         Directors, or by any person acting as a Director, shall notwithstanding
         that it be  afterwards  discovered  that  there was some  defect in the
         appointment of any such Director or person acting as aforesaid, or that
         they or any of them  were  disqualified,  be as valid as if every  such
         person had been duly appointed and was qualified to be a Director.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                       Schedule E                            Page 20
                     Memorandum and Articles of Association



DIVIDENDS

108.     Subject to any rights and  restrictions  for the time being attached to
         any class or  classes of shares,  the  Directors  may from time to time
         declare dividends (including interim dividends) and other distributions
         on shares in issue and  authorise  payment of the same out of the funds
         of the Company lawfully available therefor.

109.     Subject to any rights and  restrictions  for the time being attached to
         any class or classes of shares, the Company by Ordinary  Resolution may
         declare dividends,  but no dividend shall exceed the amount recommended
         by the Directors.

110.     The Directors may, before  recommending or declaring any dividend,  set
         aside out of the funds legally  available for distribution such sums as
         they  think  proper  as a  reserve  or  reserves  which  shall,  at the
         discretion of the Directors be applicable for meeting contingencies, or
         for equalising  dividends or for any other purpose to which those funds
         be  properly  applied  and pending  such  application  may, at the like
         discretion,  either be  employed  in the  business of the Company or be
         invested in such investments  (other than shares of the Company) as the
         Directors may from time to time think fit.

111.     Any  dividend may be paid by cheque or warrant sent through the post to
         the registered address of the Member or person entitled thereto,  or in
         the case of joint  holders,  to any one of such  joint  holders  at his
         registered  address or to such person and such address as the Member or
         person entitled,  or such joint holders as the case may be, may direct.
         Every such cheque or warrant  shall be made payable to the order of the
         person to whom it is sent or to the order of such  other  person as the
         Member or person  entitled,  or such joint  holders as the case may be,
         may direct.

112.     The Directors when paying  dividends to the Members in accordance  with
         the  foregoing  provisions  may make such payment  either in cash or in
         specie.

113.     No dividend  shall be paid  otherwise  than out of profits or,  subject
         to the  restrictions  of the Companies  Law, the share premium account.

114.     Subject to the  rights of  persons,  if any,  entitled  to shares  with
         special  rights as to dividends,  all  dividends  shall be declared and
         paid according to the amounts paid on the shares, but if and so long as
         nothing is paid up on any of the shares in the Company dividends may be
         declared  and paid  according  to the amounts of the shares.  No amount
         paid on a share in advance of calls shall, while carrying interest,  be
         treated for the purposes of this Article as paid on the share.

115.     If several persons are registered as joint holders of any share, any of
         them may give  effectual  receipts  for any  dividend  or other  moneys
         payable on or in respect of the share.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                       Schedule E                            Page 21
                     Memorandum and Articles of Association



116.     No dividend shall bear interest against the Company.


ACCOUNTS AND AUDIT

117.     The books of account  relating to the Company's  affairs  shall be kept
         in such manner as may be determined from time to time by the Directors.

118.     The  books of  account  shall be kept at the  registered  office of the
         Company,  or at such other place or places as the Directors  think fit,
         and shall always be open to the inspection of the Directors.

119.     The  Directors  shall from time to time  determine  whether and to what
         extent  and at what  times and  places  and under  what  conditions  or
         regulations  the accounts and books of the Company or any of them shall
         be open to the inspection of Members not being Directors, and no Member
         (not being a Director)  shall have any right of inspecting  any account
         or book or  document  of the  Company  except  as  conferred  by law or
         authorised by the Directors or by the Company by Ordinary Resolution.

120.     The accounts relating to the Company's affairs shall be audited in such
         manner and with such financial year end as may be determined  from time
         to time by the  Company by  Ordinary  Resolution  or  failing  any such
         determination  by  the  Directors  or  failing  any   determination  as
         aforesaid shall not be audited.


CAPITALISATION OF PROFITS

121.     Subject to the Companies Law, the Board may,  with  the authority of an
         Ordinary Resolution:

         (a)   resolve   to  capitalise  an  amount standing  to the  credit  of
               reserves  (including a share premium account,  capital redemption
               reserve  and profit and loss  account), whether or not  available
               for distribution;

         (b)   appropriate  the sum resolved to be capitalised to the Members in
               proportion  to the nominal amount of shares (whether or not fully
               paid)  held  by them respectively  and  apply  that  sum on their
               behalf in or towards:

               (i)    paying  up  the amounts (if any) for the time being unpaid
                      on shares held by them respectively, or

               (ii)   paying  up  in  full  unissued  shares  or debentures of a
                      nominal amount equal to that sum,

               and  allot the shares or debentures,  credited as fully paid,  to
               the  Members (or  as they may  direct) in those  proportions,  or
               partly in one  way and partly in the other, but the share premium
               account,  the  capital  redemption  reserve and profits which are
               not  available  for  distribution  may,  for the purposes of this


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                       Schedule E                            Page 22
                     Memorandum and Articles of Association



               Article,  only  be  applied  in  paying  up unissued shares to be
               allotted to members credited as fully paid;

         (c)   make any  arrangements  it thinks  fit  to resolve  a  difficulty
               arising  in the  distribution  of  a capitalised  reserve  and in
               particular,  without  limitation,   where  shares  or  debentures
               become  distributable  in  fractions the Board  may deal with the
               fractions as it thinks fit;

         (d)   authorise  a  person  to enter  (on  behalf  of  all the  Members
               concerned) an agreement with the Company providing for either:

               (i)    the  allotment  to  the members  respectively, credited as
                      fully  paid, of shares or  debentures to which they may be
                      entitled on the capitalisation, or

               (ii)   the  payment  by  the Company on behalf of the Members (by
                      the  application of  their  respective  proportions of the
                      reserves  resolved  to  be  capitalised) of the amounts or
                      part  of  the  amounts  remaining unpaid on their existing
                      shares,


               an   agreement  made  under  the  authority  being  effective and
               binding on all those Members; and

         (e)   generally  do all acts and  things required to give effect to the
               resolution.


SHARE PREMIUM ACCOUNT

122.     The Board of  Directors  shall in  accordance  with  Section  34 of the
         Companies Law establish a share premium  account and shall carry to the
         credit of such  account  from time to time a sum equal to the amount or
         value of the premium paid on the issue of any share.

123.     There shall be debited to any share premium  account on the  redemption
         or purchase of a share the difference between the nominal value of such
         share and the redemption or purchase price provided  always that at the
         discretion  of the Board of  Directors  such sum may be paid out of the
         profits of the Company or, if permitted by Section 37 of the  Companies
         Law, out of capital.


NOTICES

124.     Any notice or  document  may be served by the  Company or by the person
         entitled to give notice to any Member either  personally,  by facsimile
         or by  sending  it  through  the  post  in a  prepaid  letter  or via a
         recognised  courier service,  fees prepaid,  addressed to the Member at
         his address as  appearing  in the  Register of Members.  In the case of
         joint holders of a share, all notices shall be given to that one of the
         joint  holders  whose name stands  first in the  Register of Members in
         respect of the joint  holding,  and notice so given shall be sufficient
         notice to all the joint holders.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                       Schedule E                            Page 23
                     Memorandum and Articles of Association



125.     Notices  posted  to  addresses  outside  the  Cayman  Islands  shall be
         forwarded by prepaid airmail.

126.     Any Member  present,  either  personally or by proxy, at any meeting of
         the  Company  shall for all  purposes  be deemed to have  received  due
         notice of such meeting and, where requisite,  of the purposes for which
         such meeting was convened.

127.     Any  notice or other document,  if served by (a) post,  shall be deemed
         to  have  been  served  five  days  after  the  time  when  the  letter
         containing  the same is  posted   and if served  by  courier,  shall be
         deemed to  have been  served  five days  after the time when the letter
         containing  the same  is  delivered  to the courier  (in  proving  such
         service it  shall be sufficient to prove that the letter containing the
         notice  or document was properly addressed and duly posted or delivered
         to the  courier),  or,  (b)  facsimile,  shall  be  deemed to have been
         served  upon  confirmation  of  receipt  or  (c)  recognised   delivery
         service,  shall be deemed to  have been  served 48 hours after the time
         when  the  letter  containing  the  same is  delivered  to the  courier
         service and in  proving  such service it shall be  sufficient  to prove
         that  the  letter  containing  the  notice or  documents  was  properly
         addressed and duly posted or delivered to the courier.

128.     Any  notice  or  document  delivered  or sent by post to or left at the
         registered  address of any Member in accordance with the terms of these
         Articles  shall  notwithstanding  that  such  Member  be  then  dead or
         bankrupt,  and  whether or not the  Company  has notice of his death or
         bankruptcy,  be deemed to have been duly served in respect of any share
         registered in the name of such Member as sole or joint  holder,  unless
         his name shall at the time of the  service  of the notice or  document,
         have been  removed  from the  Register  of Members as the holder of the
         share,  and such service  shall for all purposes be deemed a sufficient
         service of such notice or document on all persons  interested  (whether
         jointly with or as claiming through or under him) in the share.

129.     Notice of every general meeting shall be given to:

         (a)   all Members  who have  supplied to the Company an address for the
               giving of notices to them; and

         (b)   every person  entitled to a share in  consequence of the death or
               bankruptcy of a Member, who but for his death or bankruptcy would
               be entitled to receive notice of the meeting.

         No other  person  shall be  entitled  to  receive  notices  of  general
         meetings.


INDEMNITY

130.     Every  Director  (including  for  the  purposes  of  this  Article  any
         Alternate  Director  appointed  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of these
         Articles),  Managing Director, agent,  Secretary,  Assistant Secretary,


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                       Schedule E                            Page 24
                     Memorandum and Articles of Association



         or other  officer  for the  time  being  and from  time to  time of the
         Company (but not  including  the  Company's  auditor) and  the personal
         representatives  of the same shall be indemnified  and secured harmless
         out of the  assets  and  funds of the  Company  against  all   actions,
         proceedings,  costs, charges, expenses, losses,  damages or liabilities
         incurred or sustained by him in or about the  conduct of the  Company's
         business or affairs or in the  execution  or  discharge of  his duties,
         powers, authorities or discretions, including without  prejudice to the
         generality  of  the  foregoing,   any   costs,   expenses,   losses  or
         liabilities  incurred by  him in  defending  (whether  successfully  or
         otherwise) any  civil proceedings concerning the Company or its affairs
         in any court whether in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere.

131.     No  such  Director,  Alternate  Director,  Managing   Director,  agent,
         Secretary,  Assistant  Secretary or other  officer  of the Company (but
         not including the Company's auditor) shall  be liable (i) for the acts,
         receipts,  neglects,  defaults or  omissions of any other such director
         or  officer  or agent of  the  Company  or (ii) by reason of his having
         joined in any receipt  for  money not  received  by him  personally  or
         (iii) for any loss on  account of  defect of title to any  property  of
         the Company or (iv) on account of  the insufficiency of any security in
         or upon which any  money of the  Company  shall be  invested or (v) for
         any loss  incurred through any bank,  broker or other agent or (vi) for
         any  loss occasioned by any negligence, default, breach of duty, breach
         of  trust, error of judgement or oversight on his part or (vii) for any
         loss,  damage  or  misfortune  whatsoever  which may happen in or arise
         from  the execution or discharge of the duties, powers authorities,  or
         discretions  of his  office or  in  relation  thereto,  unless the same
         shall happen through his own dishonesty.


NON-RECOGNITION OF TRUSTS

132.     No person shall be  recognised by the Company as holding any share upon
         any trust and the Company shall not,  unless  required by law, be bound
         by or be  compelled in any way to  recognise  (even when having  notice
         thereof) any  equitable,  contingent  or future  interest in any of its
         shares or any other rights in respect  thereof except an absolute right
         to the entirety  thereof in each Member  registered  in the Register of
         Members.


WINDING UP

133.     If the Company shall be wound up the liquidator  may, with the sanction
         of an Ordinary  Resolution of the Company divide amongst the Members in
         specie  or kind  the  whole or any part of the  assets  of the  Company
         (whether  they shall  consist of  property of the same kind or not) and
         may, for such purpose set such value as he deems fair upon any property
         to be divided as aforesaid and may determine how such division shall be
         carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members. The
         liquidator  may, with the like sanction,  vest the whole or any part of
         such  assets  in  trustees  upon such  trusts  for the  benefit  of the
         contributories  as the  liquidator,  with the like sanction shall think


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                       Schedule E                            Page 25
                     Memorandum and Articles of Association



         fit,  but so that no Member  shall be compelled to accept any shares or
         other securities whereon there is any liability.


AMENDMENT OF ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

134.     Subject to the  Companies  Law and the rights  attaching to the various
         classes of shares, the Company may at any time and from time to time by
         Special Resolution alter or amend these Articles in whole or in part.


REGISTRATION BY WAY OF CONTINUATION

135.     The Company may by Special  Resolution  resolve to be registered by way
         of  continuation  in a jurisdiction  outside the Cayman Islands or such
         other  jurisdiction  in which it is for the  time  being  incorporated,
         registered or existing. In furtherance of a resolution adopted pursuant
         to this Article,  the Directors may cause an  application to be made to
         the  Registrar  of Companies  to  deregister  the Company in the Cayman
         Islands  or such other  jurisdiction  in which it is for the time being
         incorporated,  registered  or existing  and may cause all such  further
         steps as they consider  appropriate  to be taken to effect the transfer
         by way of continuation of the Company.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 24, 2001                       Schedule E                            Page 26
                     Memorandum and Articles of Association



                                     PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS


INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

In accordance  with the Companies law (2000  Revision),  sections 130 and 131 of
our Articles of Association provides that the Registrant shall indemnify certain
persons as follows:

Section  130.  Every  Director  (including  for the purposes of this Article any
Alternate  Director  appointed  pursuant to the  provisions of these  Articles),
Managing Director,  agent, Secretary,  Assistant Secretary, or other officer for
the time  being  and from time to time of the  Company  (but not  including  the
Company's  auditor)  and the  personal  representatives  of the  same  shall  be
indemnified  and  secured  harmless  out of the assets and funds of the  Company
against all actions,  proceedings,  costs, charges, expenses, losses, damages or
liabilities  incurred  or  sustained  by  him in or  about  the  conduct  of the
Company's  business or affairs or in the  execution  or discharge of his duties,
powers,   authorities  or  discretions,   including  without  prejudice  to  the
generality of the foregoing, any costs, expenses, losses or liabilities incurred
by him in defending  (whether  successfully or otherwise) any civil  proceedings
concerning the Company or its affairs in any court whether in the Cayman Islands
or elsewhere.

Section 131. No such Director,  Alternate  Director,  Managing Director,  agent,
Secretary,  Assistant  Secretary  or  other  officer  of the  Company  (but  not
including the  Company's  auditor)  shall be liable (i) for the acts,  receipts,
neglects,  defaults or omissions of any other such  director or officer or agent
of the  Company or (ii) by reason of his having  joined in any receipt for money
not  received  by him  personally  or (iii) for any loss on account of defect of
title to any property of the Company or (iv) on account of the  insufficiency of
any security in or upon which any money of the Company  shall be invested or (v)
for any loss  incurred  through any bank,  broker or other agent or (vi) for any
loss occasioned by any  negligence,  default,  breach of duty,  breach of trust,
error of judgement  or  oversight  on his part or (vii) for any loss,  damage or
misfortune  whatsoever  which  may  happen  in or arise  from the  execution  or
discharge of the duties, powers authorities,  or discretions of his office or in
relation thereto, unless the same shall happen through his own dishonesty.

A policy of directors' and officers' liability insurance has been applied for by
the  Registrant  which insures  directors and officers of the Registrant and its
subsidiaries  against  liability  incurred by,  arising from or against them for
certain of their acts, errors or omissions.

Reference is made to Item 17 for the undertakings of the Registrant with respect
to indemnification  for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the "Securities Act").


RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

(a) Securities issued and sold:


     1.   On March 13, 2000, the  Registrant  issued one ordinary share to Peter
          Lawson  of  Walkers  Law  Firm  for  the   aggregate   and  per  share
          consideration  of $1.00  USD as the  subscribing  incorporator  of the
          Company,  in reliance on the exemption from registration  specified by
          the provisions of Regulation S, promulgated pursuant to the Securities
          Act of 1933.





     2.   On March 13, 2000, the incorporator transferred the one ordinary share
          to  IFG  World   Holdings   Inc.  for  the  aggregate  and  per  share
          consideration of $1.00 USD, pursuant to Regulation S of the Securities
          Act of 1933.


     3.   On April 14, 2000, the share capital was  subdivided  from $50,000 USD
          divided into 50,000 ordinary shares of a nominal or par value of $1.00
          USD to  $50,000  USD  divided  into  50,000,000  ordinary  shares of a
          nominal or par value of $0.001 USD.  That the existing  shares  issued
          were subdivided as indicated  above.  Therefore the original  ordinary
          share was subdivided to total 1,000 ordinary shares.


     4.   On June 14, 2000, the registrant issued 15,999,000  ordinary shares to
          IFG World  Holdings Inc. for the aggregate  consideration  of $160,000
          USD  and  per  share   consideration  of  $0.010000625,   pursuant  to
          Regulation S of the Securities Act of 1933.

     5.   On July 14, 2000,  the Registrant  accepted and executed  subscription
          agreements  that sold 500,000 units to Solinvest  Group Ltd. with each
          unit consisting of one share,  having $0.001 par value per share,  and
          one (1) share purchase  warrant that allows the holder of each warrant
          to purchase  one (1) share at an exercise  price of $5.00 U.S.,  to be
          exercised  not later  than  December  31,  2002  after  which date the
          warrant would become null and void, at an offering  price of $0.50 per
          Unit  for  gross  offering  proceeds  of  $250,000  USD,  pursuant  to
          Regulation S of the Securities Act of 1933.

     6.   On July 14, 2000,  the Registrant  accepted and executed  subscription
          agreements  that sold 500,000  units to  MultiAsian  Venture Ltd. with
          each unit consisting of one share,  having $0.001 par value per share,
          and one (1) share  purchase  warrant  that  allows  the holder of each
          warrant to purchase one (1) share at an exercise  price of $5.00 U.S.,
          to be exercised  not later than December 31, 2002 after which date the
          warrant would become null and void, at an offering  price of $0.50 per
          Unit  for  gross  offering  proceeds  of  $250,000  USD,  pursuant  to
          Regulation S of the Securities Act of 1933.

     7.   On July 14, 2000,  the Registrant  accepted and executed  subscription
          agreements  that sold  1,000,000  units to Shangai Ltd. with each unit
          consisting of one share,  having  $0.001 par value per share,  and one
          (1) share  purchase  warrant that allows the holder of each warrant to
          purchase  one (1)  share at an  exercise  price of $5.00  U.S.,  to be
          exercised  not later  than  December  31,  2002  after  which date the
          warrant would become null and void, at an offering  price of $0.50 per
          Unit  for  gross  offering  proceeds  of  $500,000  USD,  pursuant  to
          Regulation S of the Securities Act of 1933.

     8.   On August 17, 2000, the Registrant accepted and executed  subscription
          agreements  that sold 1,000,000  units to Advance  Marketing Ltd. with
          each unit consisting of one share,  having $0.001 par value per share,
          and one (1) share  purchase  warrant  that  allows  the holder of each
          warrant to purchase one (1) share at an exercise  price of $5.00 U.S.,
          to be exercised  not later than December 31, 2002 after which date the
          warrant would become null and void, at an offering  price of $0.50 per
          Unit  for  gross  offering  proceeds  of  $500,000  USD,  pursuant  to
          Regulation S of the Securities Act of 1933.

     9.   On August 17, 2000, the Registrant accepted and executed  subscription
          agreements that sold 1,000,000  units to Tequesta  Financial Ltd. with
          each unit consisting of one share,  having $0.001 par value per share,
          and one (1) share  purchase  warrant  that  allows  the holder of each
          warrant to purchase one (1) share at an exercise  price of $5.00 U.S.,
          to be exercised  not later than December 31, 2002 after which date the
          warrant would become null and void, at an offering  price of $0.50 per
          Unit  for  gross  offering  proceeds  of  $500,000  USD,  pursuant  to
          Regulation S of the Securities Act of 1933.

     10.  Effective  January 31, 2001 IFG World Holdings Inc.  purchased all the
          units owned by MultiAsian Venture Ltd.,  Solinvest Group Ltd., Shangai
          Ltd.,  Advance Marketing Ltd., and Tequesta Financial Ltd. pursuant to
          a purchase sale agreement between the parties at an aggregate offering
          price of $2,000,000 USD and a per unit  consideratino  of $.50 USD per





          unit pursuant to  Regulation S of the  Securities  Act of 1933.  These
          sales were approved by the Board of Directors on January 31, 2001.

     11.  On March 7, 2001 the  Registrant  issued  250,000  ordinary  shares to
          Sound Refuge  Trust at an aggregate offering price of $2,500 USD and a
          per unit  share  price of $0.01  USD in  satisfaction  of its  vesting
          obligations to Dr. James  Stephenson,  pursuant to Regulation S of the
          Securities Act of 1933.


(b) Underwriters and Other Purchasers.

      Not applicable

(c) Consideration.

      See (a) above.

(d) Exemption from Registration Claimed.

      See (a) above.


EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

A.  EXHIBITS

The following exhibits are attached hereto:

Exhibit
Number   Title

3.1      Our Articles and Memorandum of Association dated March 15, 2001.
3.2      Our Articles of Amendment and Certificate of Incorporation on change of
         name.
4.1      Specimen ordinary share certificate
5.1      Opinion of Stepp Law Group as to the legality of the securities offered
         hereby
10.1     Employment Agreements of the Officers and Directors
10.2     Tax Exemption Certificate
21.1     Our subsidiaries
23.1     Consent of Miller and McCollom, Certified  Public Accountants (included
         in 8.1)
24.1     Power  of   Attorney   (Contained  on   the  signature  pages  of  this
         Registration Statement)

B.  FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

All  schedules  are omitted  because  they are not  applicable  or the  required
information is shown in our consolidated  financial statements and related notes
attached to the prospectus.


UNDERTAKINGS.


The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

     (1)  to file,  during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a
          post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
          (i)  to include any  prospectus  required  by section  10(a)(3) of the
               Securities Act of 1933;


          (ii) to reflect in the  prospectus  any facts or events  arising after
               the  effective  date of the  registration  statement (or the most
               recent post-effective  amendment thereof) which,  individually or
               in  the  aggregate,   represent  a  fundamental   change  in  the
               information   set   forth   in   the   registration    statement.
               Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume
               of  securities  offered (if the total dollar value of  securities
               offered  would not  exceed  that  which was  registered)  and any
               deviation  from  the low or  high  end of the  estimated  maximum
               offering  range may be reflected in the form of prospectus  filed
               with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate,
               the  changes  in volume  and price  represent  no more than a 20%
               change in the maximum  aggregate  offering price set forth in the
               "Calculation  of   Registration   Fee"  table  in  the  effective
               registration statement; and
          (iii)to include any material  information  with respect to the plan of
               distribution   not  previously   disclosed  in  the  registration
               statement  or any  material  change  to such  information  in the
               registration statement.

(2) For purposes of determining  any liability under the Securities Act of 1933,
the  information  omitted  from  the  form of  prospectus  filed as part of this
registration  statement  in reliance  upon Rule 430A and  contained in a form of
prospectus  filed by the registrant  pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h)
under  the  Securities  Act  shall  be  deemed  to be part of this  registration
statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(3) For the purpose of  determining  any liability  under the  Securities Act of
1933, each post-effective  amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be
deemed to be a new  registration  statement  relating to the securities  offered
therein,  and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be
the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(4) Insofar as indemnification  for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933, may be permitted to directors,  officers and controlling persons of the
Registrant pursuant to the foregoing  provisions,  or otherwise,  the Registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities  and Exchange  Commission
such  indemnification  is against  public policy as expressed in the Act and is,
therefore,  unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against
such liabilities  (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred
or paid by a director,  officer or  controlling  person of the Registrant in the
successful  defense of any  action,  suit or  proceeding)  is  asserted  by such
director,  officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been  settled by  controlling  precedent,  submit to a court of  appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such  indemnification  by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of
such issue.

(5) To  remove from  registratino by means of a post-effective  amendment any of
    the securities  being  registered  which remain unsold at the termination of
    the offering.

(6) The undersigned  registrant  hereby undertakes to supplement the prospectus,
after the expiration of the subscription period, to set forth the results of the
subscription  offer,  the transactions by the  underwriters,  if any, during the
subscription  period,  the amount of unsubscribed  securities to be purchased by
the underwriters, if any, and the terms of any subsequent reoffering thereof. If
any  public  offering  by the  underwriters,  if any,  is to be  made  on  terms
differing  from  those  set  forth  on  the  cover  page  of the  prospectus,  a
post-effective amendment will be filed to set forth the terms of such offering.

(7) The undersigned  registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter,
if  any,  at the  closing  specified  in the  underwriting  agreements,  if any,
certificates in such  denominations  and registered in such names as required by
the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.



SIGNATURES


Pursuant to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of 1933,  the  Registrant
certifies  that it has  reasonable  grounds to believe  that it meets all of the
requirements  for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this Amendment Number 1



to the  Registration  Letter  to be signed  on its  behalf  by the  undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized, this 24th day of May 2001.


(Seal)                  International Financial Group Inc.
                        a Cayman Islands, exempt company


                        Per:     (Signed by Kevin Mellor)
                                 ------------------------------------------
                                 Kevin Mellor
                                 President, Chief Executive Officer and Director








POWERS OF ATTORNEY

KNOW  ALL  PERSONS  BY  THESE  PRESENTS,   that  each  officer  or  director  of
International Financial Group Inc. whose signature appears below constitutes and
appoints Kevin Mellor,  his true and lawful  attorney-in-fact  and agents,  with
full and  several  power of  substitution,  for him and in his  name,  place and
stead,  in any and all capacities,  to execute any or all amendments,  including
post-effective  amendments,  and supplements to this Registration  Statement and
any subsequent  Registration  Statement for the same offering which may be filed
under Rule 462(b) increasing the number of securities for which  registration is
sought, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto,  and other documents in
connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto
said attorney-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each
and every  act and thing  requisite  and  necessary  to be done in and about the
premises,  as fully to all intents and  purposes as they or he might or could do
in person,  hereby ratifying and confirming all that said  attorney-in-fact  and
agents or his or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be
done by virtue hereof.



Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities Act of 1933,  this  Registration
Statement has been signed below by or on behalf of the following  persons in the
capacities indicated on March 28, 2001:


                (Signed by Kevin Mellor)
                -----------------------------------------------------
                Mr. Kevin Mellor - President, Chief Executive Officer, Director

                (Signed by Harold Carter)
                -----------------------------------------------------
                Mr. Harold Carter - Director

                (Signed by Roman Kostiw)
                -----------------------------------------------------
                Mr. Roman Kostiw - Director

                (Signed by Drew Parker)
                -----------------------------------------------------
                Dr. Drew Parker - Director

                (Signed by John Rayner)
                -----------------------------------------------------
                Mr. John Rayner - Director

                (Signed by Vernon Veira)
                -----------------------------------------------------
                Mr. Vernon Veira - Director